104TH GENERAL ASSEMBLY
State of Illinois
2025 and 2026
HB5552

 

Introduced 2/13/2026, by Rep. Laura Faver Dias

 

SYNOPSIS AS INTRODUCED:
 
See Index

    Amends the School Code. Makes changes to provisions regarding departments and functions of the State Board of Education, the teacher supply and demand report, waivers and modifications of mandates and administrative rules, audits of a school district's accounts, statements of affairs, the Illinois Purchased Care Review Board, evidence-based funding, the State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board, qualifications of educators, provisional educator endorsements on Educator Licenses with Stipulations, educator testing exemptions, the Teacher Performance Assessment Advisory Committee, teacher and principal model evaluation templates, children and students who are parents, expectant parents, or victims of domestic or sexual violence, the advisory committee under the Critical Health Problems and Comprehensive Health Education Act, and charter school renewals. Changes the following terms: "Teacher Certificate Fee Revolving Fund" to "Teacher Licensure Fee Revolving Fund"; "foreign countries" to "countries other than the United States"; "ethnic school" to "community-based heritage language school"; "foreign language" to "world language"; and "epinephrine injector" to "epinephrine delivery system". Repeals the Community Service Education Act, and makes changes in the Postsecondary and Workforce Readiness Act. Makes other and conforming changes in the School Code, the State Finance Act, and various Acts relating to the governance of public universities. Effective immediately.


LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

 

 

A BILL FOR

 

HB5552LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    AN ACT concerning education.
 
2    Be it enacted by the People of the State of Illinois,
3represented in the General Assembly:
 
4    Section 5. The State Finance Act is amended by changing
5Section 5.375 as follows:
 
6    (30 ILCS 105/5.375)
7    Sec. 5.375. The Teacher Licensure Certificate Fee
8Revolving Fund.
9(Source: P.A. 88-224; 88-670, eff. 12-2-94.)
 
10    Section 10. The School Code is amended by changing
11Sections 1A-10, 2-3.11c, 2-3.25g, 2-3.39, 2-3.44, 2-3.45,
122-3.65a, 2-3.159, 3-7, 3-15.12, 10-17, 10-17a, 10-20.44,
1310-20.52, 10-22.43, 10-22.43a, 14-7.02, 18-8.15, 21B-10,
1421B-15, 21B-20, 21B-30, 21B-32, 21B-35, 21B-40, 22-30, 24A-20,
1526A-20, 26A-25, 26A-35, 27-225, 27-605, 27-1070, 27A-6, 27A-9,
1630-15.25, 34-1.01, 34-18, and 34-18.44 as follows:
 
17    (105 ILCS 5/1A-10)
18    Sec. 1A-10. Departments of Board. The State Board of
19Education shall have, without limitation, the following
20departments within the Board:
21        (1) Educator Effectiveness.

 

 

HB5552- 2 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        (2) Improvement and Innovation.
2        (3) Fiscal Support Services.
3        (4) (Blank).
4        (5) Internal Auditor.
5        (6) Human Resources.
6        (7) Legal.
7        (8) Special Education, Nutrition, and Wellness.
8        (9) Multilingual or Language Development and Early
9    Childhood Development.
10The State Board of Education may add, remove, or otherwise
11change any departments or functions of to the Board that it
12deems appropriate and consistent with Illinois law.
13(Source: P.A. 104-261, eff. 1-1-26.)
 
14    (105 ILCS 5/2-3.11c)
15    Sec. 2-3.11c. Teacher supply and demand report. Through
16January 1, 2009, to report annually, on or before January 1, on
17the relative supply and demand for education staff of the
18public schools to the Governor, to the General Assembly, and
19to institutions of higher education that prepare teachers,
20administrators, school service personnel, other certificated
21individuals, and other professionals employed by school
22districts or joint agreements. After the report due on January
231, 2009 is submitted, future reports through January 1, 2024
24shall be submitted once every 3 years, with the first report
25being submitted on or before January 1, 2012. After the report

 

 

HB5552- 3 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1due on January 1, 2024 is submitted, future reports shall be
2submitted once every 3 years, with the first report being
3submitted on or before March 31, 2027. The report shall
4contain the following information:
5        (1) the relative supply and demand for teachers,
6    administrators, and other certificated and
7    non-certificated personnel by field, content area, and
8    levels;
9        (2) State and regional analyses of fields, content
10    areas, and levels with an over-supply or under-supply of
11    educators; and
12        (3) projections of likely high demand and low demand
13    for educators, in a manner sufficient to advise the
14    public, individuals, and institutions regarding career
15    opportunities in education.
16(Source: P.A. 96-734, eff. 8-25-09; 97-256, eff. 1-1-12.)
 
17    (105 ILCS 5/2-3.25g)  (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.25g)
18    Sec. 2-3.25g. Waiver or modification of mandates within
19the School Code and administrative rules and regulations.
20    (a) In this Section:
21        "Board" means a school board or the governing board or
22    administrative district, as the case may be, for a joint
23    agreement.
24        "Eligible applicant" means a school district, joint
25    agreement made up of school districts, or regional

 

 

HB5552- 4 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    superintendent of schools on behalf of schools and
2    programs operated by the regional office of education, or
3    executive director of an intermediate service center on
4    behalf of the schools and programs operated by the
5    intermediate service center.
6        "Implementation date" has the meaning set forth in
7    Section 24A-2.5 of this Code.
8        "State Board" means the State Board of Education.
9    (b) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this School
10Code or any other law of this State to the contrary, eligible
11applicants may petition the State Board of Education for the
12waiver or modification of the mandates of this School Code or
13of the administrative rules and regulations promulgated by the
14State Board of Education. Waivers or modifications of
15administrative rules and regulations and modifications of
16mandates of this School Code may be requested when an eligible
17applicant demonstrates that it can address the intent of the
18rule or mandate in a more effective, efficient, or economical
19manner or when necessary to stimulate innovation or improve
20student performance. Waivers of mandates of the School Code
21may be requested when the waivers are necessary to stimulate
22innovation or improve student performance or when the
23applicant demonstrates that it can address the intent of the
24mandate of the School Code in a more effective, efficient, or
25economical manner. Waivers may not be requested from laws,
26rules, and regulations pertaining to special education,

 

 

HB5552- 5 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1teacher educator licensure, or teacher tenure and seniority,
2or Section 5-2.1 of this Code or from compliance with the Every
3Student Succeeds Act (Public Law 114-95). Eligible applicants
4may not seek a waiver or seek a modification of a mandate
5regarding the requirements for (i) student performance data to
6be a significant factor in teacher or principal evaluations or
7(ii) teachers and principals to be rated using the 4
8categories of "excellent", "proficient", "needs improvement",
9or "unsatisfactory". On September 1, 2014, any previously
10authorized waiver or modification from such requirements shall
11terminate.
12    (c) Eligible applicants, as a matter of inherent
13managerial policy, and any Independent Authority established
14under Section 2-3.25f-5 of this Code may submit an application
15for a waiver or modification authorized under this Section.
16Each application must include a written request by the
17eligible applicant or Independent Authority and must
18demonstrate that the intent of the mandate can be addressed in
19a more effective, efficient, or economical manner or be based
20upon a specific plan for improved student performance and
21school improvement. Any eligible applicant requesting a waiver
22or modification for the reason that intent of the mandate can
23be addressed in a more economical manner shall include in the
24application a fiscal analysis showing current expenditures on
25the mandate and projected savings resulting from the waiver or
26modification. Applications and plans developed by eligible

 

 

HB5552- 6 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1applicants must be approved by the board, or regional
2superintendent of schools applying on behalf of schools or
3programs operated by the regional office of education, or
4executive director applying on behalf of schools or programs
5operated by the intermediate service center following a public
6hearing on the application and plan and the opportunity for
7the board, or regional superintendent, or executive director
8to hear testimony from staff directly involved in its
9implementation, parents, and students. The time period for
10such testimony shall be separate from the time period
11established by the eligible applicant for public comment on
12other matters.
13    (c-5) For an If the applicant that is a school district,
14then the district shall post information that sets forth the
15time, date, place, and general subject matter of the public
16hearing on its Internet website at least 14 days prior to the
17hearing. If the district is requesting to increase the fee
18charged for driver education authorized pursuant to Section
1927-815 of this Code, the website information shall include the
20proposed amount of the fee the district will request. The
21district All school districts must publish a notice of the
22public hearing at least 7 days prior to the hearing in a
23newspaper of general circulation within the school district
24that sets forth the time, date, place, and general subject
25matter of the hearing. A district Districts requesting to
26increase the fee charged for driver education shall include in

 

 

HB5552- 7 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1the published notice the proposed amount of the fee the
2district will request. The district shall notify, either
3electronically or in writing, the affected exclusive
4collective bargaining agents, if applicable, and those State
5legislators representing the district's territory of its
6intent to seek approval of a waiver or modification and of the
7public hearing to be held to take testimony from staff at least
87 days prior to the date of the public hearing, and those
9exclusive bargaining agents and State legislators shall be
10allowed to attend the public hearing. The application as
11submitted to the State Board of Education shall include a
12description of the public hearing. The description shall
13include, but need not be limited to, the means of notice, the
14number of people in attendance, the number of people who spoke
15as proponents or opponents of the waiver or modification, a
16brief description of their comments, whether there were any
17written statements submitted, and the school board's
18resolution.
19    (c-10) For an If the applicant that is a joint agreement,
20or regional superintendent, or executive director, then the
21joint agreement, or regional superintendent, or executive
22director shall post information that sets forth the time,
23date, place, and general subject matter of the public hearing
24on its Internet website at least 14 days prior to the hearing.
25If the joint agreement, or regional superintendent, or
26executive director is requesting to increase the fee charged

 

 

HB5552- 8 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1for driver education authorized pursuant to Section 27-815 of
2this Code, the website information shall include the proposed
3amount of the fee the applicant will request. The All joint
4agreement, agreements and regional superintendent, or
5executive director superintendents must publish a notice of
6the public hearing at least 7 days prior to the hearing in a
7newspaper of general circulation in each school district that
8is a member of the joint agreement or that is served by the
9educational service region that sets forth the time, date,
10place, and general subject matter of the hearing, provided
11that a notice appearing in a newspaper generally circulated in
12more than one school district shall be deemed to fulfill this
13requirement with respect to all of the affected districts. A
14joint agreement, Joint agreements or regional superintendent,
15or executive director superintendents requesting to increase
16the fee charged for driver education shall include in the
17published notice the proposed amount of the fee the applicant
18will request. The joint agreement, regional superintendent, or
19executive director eligible applicant must notify, either
20electronically or in writing, the affected exclusive
21collective bargaining agents, if applicable, agent and those
22State legislators representing the eligible applicant's
23territory of its intent to seek approval of a waiver or
24modification and of the hearing to be held to take testimony
25from staff. The affected exclusive collective bargaining
26agents shall be notified of such public hearing at least 7 days

 

 

HB5552- 9 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1prior to the date of the public hearing, and those exclusive
2collective bargaining agents and State legislators shall be
3allowed to attend such public hearing. The application as
4submitted to the State Board of Education shall include a
5description of the public hearing. The description shall
6include, but need not be limited to, the means of notice, the
7number of people in attendance, the number of people who spoke
8as proponents or opponents of the waiver or modification, a
9brief description of their comments, and whether there were
10any written statements submitted. The eligible applicant shall
11attest to compliance with all of the notification and
12procedural requirements set forth in this Section.
13    (d) A request for a waiver or modification of
14administrative rules and regulations or for a modification of
15mandates contained in this School Code shall be submitted to
16the State Board of Education within 15 days after approval by
17the board or regional superintendent of schools. The
18application as submitted to the State Board of Education shall
19include a description of the public hearing. Following receipt
20of the waiver or modification request, the State Board shall
21have 45 days to review the application and request. If the
22State Board fails to disapprove the application within that
2345-day period, the waiver or modification shall be deemed
24granted. The State Board may disapprove any request if it is
25not based upon sound educational practices, endangers the
26health or safety of students or staff, compromises equal

 

 

HB5552- 10 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1opportunities for learning, or fails to demonstrate that the
2intent of the rule or mandate can be addressed in a more
3effective, efficient, or economical manner or have improved
4student performance as a primary goal. Any request disapproved
5by the State Board may be appealed to the General Assembly by
6the eligible applicant as outlined in this Section.
7    A request for a waiver from mandates contained in this
8School Code shall be submitted to the State Board within 15
9days after approval by the board or regional superintendent of
10schools or executive director. The application as submitted to
11the State Board of Education shall include a description of
12the public hearing. The description shall include, but need
13not be limited to, the means of notice, the number of people in
14attendance, the number of people who spoke as proponents or
15opponents of the waiver, a brief description of their
16comments, and whether there were any written statements
17submitted. The State Board shall review the applications and
18requests for compliance with this Section and the applicable
19administrative rules under Title 23 of the Illinois
20Administrative Code completeness and shall compile the
21requests in reports to be filed with the General Assembly. The
22State Board shall file reports outlining the waivers requested
23by eligible applicants and appeals by eligible applicants of
24requests disapproved by the State Board with the Senate and
25the House of Representatives before each March 1 and October
261.

 

 

HB5552- 11 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    The report shall be reviewed by a panel of 4 members
2consisting of:
3        (1) the Speaker of the House of Representatives;
4        (2) the Minority Leader of the House of
5    Representatives;
6        (3) the President of the Senate; and
7        (4) the Minority Leader of the Senate.
8The State Board of Education may provide the panel
9recommendations on waiver requests. The members of the panel
10shall review the report submitted by the State Board of
11Education and submit to the State Board of Education any
12notice of further consideration to any waiver request within
1314 days after the member receives the report. If 3 or more of
14the panel members submit a notice of further consideration to
15any waiver request contained within the report, the State
16Board of Education shall submit the waiver request to the
17General Assembly for consideration. If less than 3 panel
18members submit a notice of further consideration to a waiver
19request, the waiver may be approved, denied, or modified by
20the State Board. If the State Board does not act on a waiver
21request within 10 days, then the waiver request is approved.
22If the waiver request is denied by the State Board, it shall
23submit the waiver request to the General Assembly for
24consideration.
25    The General Assembly may disapprove any waiver request
26submitted to the General Assembly pursuant to this subsection

 

 

HB5552- 12 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1(d) in whole or in part within 60 calendar days after each
2house of the General Assembly next convenes after the waiver
3request is submitted by adoption of a resolution by a record
4vote of the majority of members elected in each house. If the
5General Assembly fails to disapprove any waiver request or
6appealed request within such 60-day period, the waiver or
7modification shall be deemed granted. Any resolution adopted
8by the General Assembly disapproving a report of the State
9Board in whole or in part shall be binding on the State Board.
10    (e) An approved waiver or modification may remain in
11effect for a period not to exceed 5 school years and may be
12renewed upon application by the eligible applicant. Once a
13waiver or modification has been approved, no changes may be
14made to the approved waiver or modification during the term of
15the waiver or modification. A waiver or modification that has
16been approved may be rescinded by the entity that applied for
17the waiver or modification by providing written notice to the
18State Board of Education and, for a school district, after
19receiving school board approval. The notice of rescission must
20state the date the rescission is effective. However, such
21waiver or modification may be changed within that 5-year
22period by a board or regional superintendent of schools
23applying on behalf of schools or programs operated by the
24regional office of education following the procedure as set
25forth in this Section for the initial waiver or modification
26request. If neither the State Board of Education nor the

 

 

HB5552- 13 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1General Assembly disapproves, the change is deemed granted.
2    (f) (Blank).
3(Source: P.A. 104-391, eff. 8-15-25.)
 
4    (105 ILCS 5/2-3.39)  (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.39)
5    Sec. 2-3.39. Department of Transitional Bilingual
6Education. To establish a Department of Transitional Bilingual
7Education. In selecting staff for the Department of
8Transitional Bilingual Education the State Board of Education
9shall give preference to persons who are natives of foreign
10countries other than the United States where languages to be
11used in transitional bilingual education programs are the
12predominant languages. The Department of Transitional
13Bilingual Education has the power and duty to:
14        (1) Administer and enforce the provisions of Article
15    14C of this Code including the power to promulgate any
16    necessary rules and regulations.
17        (2) Study, review, and evaluate all available
18    resources and programs that, in whole or in part, are or
19    could be directed towards meeting the language capability
20    needs of child English learners and adult English learners
21    residing in the State.
22        (3) Gather information about the theory and practice
23    of bilingual education in this State and elsewhere, and
24    encourage experimentation and innovation in the field of
25    bilingual education.

 

 

HB5552- 14 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        (4) Provide for the maximum practical involvement of
2    parents of bilingual children, transitional bilingual
3    education teachers, representatives of community groups,
4    educators, and laymen knowledgeable in the field of
5    bilingual education in the formulation of policy and
6    procedures relating to the administration of Article 14C
7    of this Code.
8        (5) Consult with other public departments and
9    agencies, including but not limited to the Department of
10    Community Affairs, the Department of Public Welfare, the
11    Division of Employment Security, the Commission Against
12    Discrimination, and the United States Department of
13    Health, Education, and Welfare in connection with the
14    administration of Article 14C of this Code.
15        (6) Make recommendations in the areas of preservice
16    and in-service training for transitional bilingual
17    education teachers, curriculum development, testing and
18    testing mechanisms, and the development of materials for
19    transitional bilingual education programs.
20        (7) Undertake any further activities which may assist
21    in the full implementation of Article 14C of this Code and
22    to make an annual report to the General Assembly to
23    include an evaluation of the program, the need for
24    continuing such a program, and recommendations for
25    improvement.
26        The requirement for reporting to the General Assembly

 

 

HB5552- 15 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    shall be satisfied by filing copies of the report as
2    required by Section 3.1 of the General Assembly
3    Organization Act, and filing such additional copies with
4    the State Government Report Distribution Center for the
5    General Assembly as is required under paragraph (t) of
6    Section 7 of the State Library Act.
7(Source: P.A. 99-30, eff. 7-10-15; 100-1148, eff. 12-10-18.)
 
8    (105 ILCS 5/2-3.44)  (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.44)
9    Sec. 2-3.44. Community-based heritage language Ethnic
10school program standards. To establish minimum standards for
11world foreign language instruction in community-based heritage
12language ethnic schools. Such standards shall seek to ensure
13insure that the level of world foreign language instruction in
14the community-based heritage language ethnic school is at
15least as high as the level of world foreign language
16instruction in public high schools. A community-based heritage
17language An ethnic school is a part-time part time private
18school that which teaches the world foreign language of a
19particular language community, ethnic group as well as the
20culture, geography, history, and other aspects of a particular
21language community ethnic group.
22(Source: P.A. 83-1362.)
 
23    (105 ILCS 5/2-3.45)  (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.45)
24    Sec. 2-3.45. Approval of community-based heritage language

 

 

HB5552- 16 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1ethnic schools instruction. To approve community-based
2heritage language ethnic schools programs for the purpose of
3teaching a world foreign language if such programs meet the
4minimum standards established for such programs by the State
5Board of Education. The Board shall consider for approval only
6those community-based heritage language ethnic schools that
7which voluntarily apply to the Board for approval.
8(Source: P.A. 83-1362.)
 
9    (105 ILCS 5/2-3.65a)
10    Sec. 2-3.65a. Arts and world foreign language education
11grant program. There is created an arts and world foreign
12language education grant program to fund arts education and
13world foreign language education programs in the public
14schools, subject to appropriation to the State Board of
15Education. The grants shall be for the purpose of supporting
16arts and world foreign language education in the schools, with
17an emphasis on ensuring that art and world foreign language
18courses are available as part of a school's core curriculum.
19The State Board of Education shall enter into an agreement
20with the Illinois Arts Council to cooperate in administering
21and awarding grants under the program.
22(Source: P.A. 94-835, eff. 6-6-06.)
 
23    (105 ILCS 5/2-3.159)
24    Sec. 2-3.159. State Seal of Biliteracy.

 

 

HB5552- 17 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    (a) In this Section, "language other than English" or
2"world language" "foreign language" means any language other
3than English, including all modern languages, Latin, American
4Sign Language, Native American languages, and any other native
5languages spoken by an individual whose first language is not
6English.
7    (b) The State Seal of Biliteracy program is established to
8recognize public and non-public high school graduates who have
9attained a high level of proficiency in one or more languages
10in addition to English. School district and non-public school
11participation in this program is voluntary.
12    (c) The purposes of the State Seal of Biliteracy are as
13follows:
14        (1) To encourage pupils to study languages.
15        (2) To certify attainment of biliteracy.
16        (3) To provide employers with a method of identifying
17    people with language and biliteracy skills.
18        (4) To provide universities with an additional method
19    to recognize applicants seeking admission.
20        (5) To prepare pupils with 21st century skills.
21        (6) To recognize the value of foreign language other
22    than English and native language instruction in public and
23    non-public schools.
24        (7) To strengthen intergroup relationships, affirm the
25    value of diversity, and honor the multiple cultures and
26    languages of a community.

 

 

HB5552- 18 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    (d) The State Seal of Biliteracy certifies attainment of a
2high level of proficiency, sufficient for meaningful use in
3college and a career, by a graduating public or non-public
4high school pupil in one or more languages in addition to
5English.
6    (e) The State Board of Education shall adopt such rules as
7may be necessary to establish the criteria that pupils must
8achieve to earn a State Seal of Biliteracy, which may include
9without limitation attainment of units of credit in English
10language arts and languages other than English and passage of
11such assessments of foreign language proficiency in a language
12other than English as may be approved by the State Board of
13Education for this purpose. These rules shall ensure that the
14criteria that pupils must achieve to earn a State Seal of
15Biliteracy meet the course credit criteria established under
16subsection (i) of this Section.
17    (e-5) To demonstrate sufficient English language
18proficiency for eligibility to receive a State Seal of
19Biliteracy under this Section, the State Board of Education
20shall allow a pupil to provide his or her school district with
21evidence of completion of any of the following, in accordance
22with guidelines for proficiency adopted by the State Board:
23        (1) An AP (Advanced Placement) English Language and
24    Composition Exam.
25        (2) An English language arts dual credit course.
26        (3) Transitional coursework in English language arts

 

 

HB5552- 19 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    articulated in partnership with a public community college
2    as an ESSA (Every Student Succeeds Act) College and Career
3    Readiness Indicator.
4    (f) The State Board of Education shall do both of the
5following:
6        (1) Prepare and deliver to participating school
7    districts and non-public schools an appropriate mechanism
8    for designating the State Seal of Biliteracy on the
9    diploma and transcript of the pupil indicating that the
10    pupil has been awarded a State Seal of Biliteracy by the
11    State Board of Education.
12        (2) Provide other information the State Board of
13    Education deems necessary for school districts and
14    non-public schools to successfully participate in the
15    program.
16    (g) A school district or non-public school that
17participates in the program under this Section shall do both
18of the following:
19        (1) Maintain appropriate records in order to identify
20    pupils who have earned a State Seal of Biliteracy.
21        (2) Make the appropriate designation on the diploma
22    and transcript of each pupil who earns a State Seal of
23    Biliteracy.
24    (h) No fee shall be charged to a pupil to receive the
25designation pursuant to this Section. Notwithstanding this
26prohibition, costs may be incurred by the pupil in

 

 

HB5552- 20 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1demonstrating proficiency, including without limitation any
2assessments required under subsection (e) of this Section.
3    (i) For admissions purposes, each public university in
4this State shall accept the State Seal of Biliteracy as
5equivalent to 2 years of world foreign language coursework
6taken during high school if a student's high school transcript
7indicates that he or she will be receiving or has received the
8State Seal of Biliteracy.
9    (j) Each public community college and public university in
10this State shall establish criteria to translate a State Seal
11of Biliteracy into course credit based on world foreign
12language course equivalencies identified by the community
13college's or university's faculty and staff and, upon request
14from an enrolled student, the community college or university
15shall award world foreign language course credit to a student
16who has received a State Seal of Biliteracy. Students enrolled
17in a public community college or public university who have
18received a State Seal of Biliteracy must request course credit
19for their seal within 3 academic years after graduating from
20high school.
21(Source: P.A. 101-222, eff. 1-1-20; 101-503, eff. 8-23-19;
22102-558, eff. 8-20-21.)
 
23    (105 ILCS 5/3-7)  (from Ch. 122, par. 3-7)
24    Sec. 3-7. Failure to prepare and forward information. If
25the trustees of schools of any township in Class II county

 

 

HB5552- 21 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1school units, or any school district which forms a part of a
2Class II county school unit but which is not subject to the
3jurisdiction of the trustees of schools of any township in
4which such district is located, or any school district in any
5Class I county school units fail to prepare and forward or
6cause to be prepared and forwarded to the regional
7superintendent of schools, reports required by this Act, the
8regional superintendent of schools shall furnish such
9information or he shall employ a person or persons to furnish
10such information, as far as practicable. Such person shall
11have access to the books, records and papers of the school
12district to enable him or them to prepare such reports, and the
13school district shall permit such person or persons to examine
14such books, records and papers at such time and such place as
15such person or persons may desire for the purpose aforesaid.
16For such services the regional superintendent of schools shall
17bill the district an amount to cover the cost of preparation of
18such reports if he employs a person to prepare such reports.
19    Each school district shall, as of June 30 of each year,
20cause an audit of its accounts to be made by a person lawfully
21qualified to practice public accounting as regulated by the
22Illinois Public Accounting Act. Such audit shall include
23financial statements of the district applicable to the type of
24records required by other sections of this Act and in addition
25shall set forth the scope of audit and shall include the
26professional opinion signed by the auditor, or if such an

 

 

HB5552- 22 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1opinion is denied by the auditor, shall set forth the reasons
2for such denial.
3    The auditing firm for each school district shall file with
4the State Board of Education the Annual Financial Report and
5audit, as required by the rules of the State Board of
6Education. Such reports shall be filed no later than October
715 following the end of each fiscal year. The auditing firm may
8request an extension of up to 60 days from the State Board of
9Education.
10    Within 30 days after receipt of the completed audit
11report, each Each school district shall, on or before October
1215 of each year, submit one copy of the Annual Financial Report
13and its audit to the regional superintendent of schools in the
14educational service region having jurisdiction. Each regional
15superintendent of schools shall determine and communicate to
16school districts the preferred format, paper or electronic,
17for the submission.
18    Each school district that is the administrative district
19for several school districts operating under a joint agreement
20as authorized by this Act shall, as of June 30 each year, cause
21an audit of the accounts of the joint agreement to be made by a
22person lawfully qualified to practice public accounting as
23regulated by the Illinois Public Accounting Act. Such audit
24shall include financial statements of the operation of the
25joint agreement applicable to the type of records required by
26this Act and, in addition, shall set forth the scope of the

 

 

HB5552- 23 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1audit and shall include the professional opinion signed by the
2auditor, or if such an opinion is denied, the auditor shall set
3forth the reason for such denial.
4    The auditing firm for each joint agreement shall file with
5the State Board of Education the Annual Financial Report and
6audit, as required by the rules of the State Board of
7Education. Such reports shall be filed no later than October
815 following the end of each fiscal year. The auditing firm may
9request an extension of up to 60 days from the State Board of
10Education.
11    Within 30 days after receipt of the completed audit
12report, each Each joint agreement shall, on or before October
1315 of each year, submit one copy of the Annual Financial Report
14and its audit to the regional superintendent of schools in the
15educational service region having jurisdiction. Each regional
16superintendent of schools shall determine and communicate to
17joint agreements the preferred format, paper or electronic,
18for the submission.
19    The State Board of Education shall determine the adequacy
20of the audits. All audits shall be kept on file in the office
21of the State Board of Education.
22(Source: P.A. 104-261, eff. 1-1-26.)
 
23    (105 ILCS 5/3-15.12)  (from Ch. 122, par. 3-15.12)
24    Sec. 3-15.12. High school equivalency. The regional
25superintendent of schools and the Illinois Community College

 

 

HB5552- 24 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1Board shall make available for qualified individuals residing
2within the region a High School Equivalency Testing Program
3and alternative methods of credentialing, as identified under
4this Section. For that purpose the regional superintendent
5alone or with other regional superintendents may establish and
6supervise a testing center or centers to administer the secure
7forms for high school equivalency testing to qualified
8persons. Such centers shall be under the supervision of the
9regional superintendent in whose region such centers are
10located, subject to the approval of the Executive Director of
11the Illinois Community College Board. The Illinois Community
12College Board shall also establish criteria and make available
13alternative methods of credentialing throughout the State.
14    An individual is eligible to apply to the regional
15superintendent of schools for the region in which he or she
16resides if he or she is: (a) a person who is 17 years of age or
17older, has maintained residence in the State of Illinois, and
18is not a high school graduate; (b) a person who is successfully
19completing an alternative education program under Section
202-3.81, Article 13A, or Article 13B; or (c) a person who is
21enrolled in a youth education program sponsored by the
22Illinois National Guard. For purposes of this Section,
23residence is that abode which the applicant considers his or
24her home. Applicants may provide as sufficient proof of such
25residence and as an acceptable form of identification a
26driver's license, valid passport, military ID, or other form

 

 

HB5552- 25 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1of government-issued national or foreign identification that
2shows the applicant's name, address, date of birth, signature,
3and photograph or other acceptable identification as may be
4allowed by law or as regulated by the Illinois Community
5College Board. Such regional superintendent shall determine if
6the applicant meets statutory and regulatory state standards.
7    If qualified, the applicant shall at the time of such
8application pay a fee established by the Illinois Community
9College Board, which fee shall be paid into a special fund
10under the control and supervision of the regional
11superintendent to be used for administration of high school
12equivalency testing. Such moneys received by the regional
13superintendent shall be used, first, for the expenses incurred
14in administering and scoring the examination, and next for
15other educational programs that are developed and designed by
16the regional superintendent of schools to assist those who
17successfully complete high school equivalency testing or meet
18the criteria for alternative methods of credentialing in
19furthering their academic development or their ability to
20secure and retain gainful employment, including programs for
21the competitive award based on test scores of college or adult
22education scholarship grants or similar educational
23incentives. Any excess moneys shall be paid into the institute
24fund.
25    Any applicant who has achieved the minimum passing
26standards as established by the Illinois Community College

 

 

HB5552- 26 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1Board shall be notified in writing by the regional
2superintendent and shall be issued a State of Illinois High
3School Diploma on the forms provided by the Illinois Community
4College Board. The regional superintendent shall then certify
5to the Illinois Community College Board the score of the
6applicant and such other and additional information that may
7be required by the Illinois Community College Board. The
8moneys received therefrom shall be used in the same manner as
9provided for in this Section.
10    The Illinois Community College Board shall establish
11alternative methods of credentialing for the issuance of a
12State of Illinois High School Diploma. In addition to high
13school equivalency testing, the following alternative methods
14of receiving a State of Illinois High School Diploma shall be
15made available to qualified individuals on or after January 1,
162018:
17        (A) High School Equivalency based on High School
18    Credit. A qualified candidate may petition to have his or
19    her high school transcripts evaluated to determine what
20    the candidate needs to meet criteria as established by the
21    Illinois Community College Board.
22        (B) High School Equivalency based on Post-Secondary
23    Credit. A qualified candidate may petition to have his or
24    her post-secondary transcripts evaluated to determine what
25    the candidate needs to meet criteria established by the
26    Illinois Community College Board.

 

 

HB5552- 27 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        (C) High School Equivalency based on a Foreign
2    Diploma. A qualified candidate may petition to have his or
3    her foreign high school or post-secondary transcripts from
4    a country other than the United States evaluated to
5    determine what the candidate needs to meet criteria
6    established by the Illinois Community College Board.
7        (D) High School Equivalency based on Completion of a
8    Competency-Based Program as approved by the Illinois
9    Community College Board. The Illinois Community College
10    Board shall establish guidelines for competency-based high
11    school equivalency programs.
12    Any applicant who has attained the age of 17 years and
13maintained residence in the State of Illinois and is not a high
14school graduate, any person who has enrolled in a youth
15education program sponsored by the Illinois National Guard, or
16any person who has successfully completed an alternative
17education program under Section 2-3.81, Article 13A, or
18Article 13B is eligible to apply for a State of Illinois High
19School Diploma (if he or she meets the requirements prescribed
20by the Illinois Community College Board) upon showing evidence
21that he or she has completed, successfully, high school
22equivalency testing, administered by the United States Armed
23Forces Institute, official high school equivalency testing
24centers established in other states, Veterans' Administration
25Hospitals, or the office of the State Superintendent of
26Education for the Illinois State Penitentiary System and the

 

 

HB5552- 28 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1Department of Corrections. Such applicant shall apply to the
2regional superintendent of the region wherein he or she has
3maintained residence, and, upon payment of a fee established
4by the Illinois Community College Board, the regional
5superintendent shall issue a State of Illinois High School
6Diploma and immediately thereafter certify to the Illinois
7Community College Board the score of the applicant and such
8other and additional information as may be required by the
9Illinois Community College Board.
10    Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section, any
11applicant who has been out of school for at least one year may
12request the regional superintendent of schools to administer
13restricted high school equivalency testing upon written
14request of: the director of a program who certifies to the
15Chief Examiner of an official high school equivalency testing
16center that the applicant has completed a program of
17instruction provided by such agencies as the Job Corps, the
18Postal Service Academy, or an apprenticeship training program;
19an employer or program director for purposes of entry into
20apprenticeship programs; another state's department of
21education in order to meet regulations established by that
22department of education; or a post high school educational
23institution for purposes of admission, the Department of
24Financial and Professional Regulation for licensing purposes,
25or the Armed Forces for induction purposes. The regional
26superintendent shall administer such testing, and the

 

 

HB5552- 29 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1applicant shall be notified in writing that he or she is
2eligible to receive a State of Illinois High School Diploma
3upon reaching age 17, provided he or she meets the standards
4established by the Illinois Community College Board.
5    Any test administered under this Section to an applicant
6who does not speak and understand English may at the
7discretion of the administering agency be given and answered
8in any language in which the test is printed. The regional
9superintendent of schools may waive any fees required by this
10Section in case of hardship. The regional superintendent of
11schools and the Illinois Community College Board shall waive
12any fees required by this Section for an applicant who meets
13all of the following criteria:
14        (1) The applicant qualifies as a homeless person,
15    child, or youth as defined in the Education for Homeless
16    Children Act.
17        (2) The applicant has not attained 25 years of age as
18    of the date of the scheduled test.
19        (3) The applicant can verify his or her status as a
20    homeless person, child, or youth. A homeless services
21    provider that is qualified to verify an individual's
22    housing status, as determined by the Illinois Community
23    College Board, and that has knowledge of the applicant's
24    housing status may verify the applicant's status for
25    purposes of this subdivision (3).
26        (4) The applicant has completed a high school

 

 

HB5552- 30 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    equivalency preparation course through an Illinois
2    Community College Board-approved provider.
3        (5) The applicant is taking the test at a testing
4    center operated by a regional superintendent of schools or
5    the Cook County High School Equivalency Office.
6    In counties of over 3,000,000 population, a State of
7Illinois High School Diploma shall contain the signatures of
8the Executive Director of the Illinois Community College Board
9and the superintendent, president, or other chief executive
10officer of the institution where high school equivalency
11testing instruction occurred and any other signatures
12authorized by the Illinois Community College Board.
13    The regional superintendent of schools shall furnish the
14Illinois Community College Board with any information that the
15Illinois Community College Board requests with regard to
16testing and diplomas under this Section.
17     A State of Illinois High School Diploma is a recognized
18high school equivalency certificate for purposes of
19reciprocity with other states. A high school equivalency
20certificate from another state is equivalent to a State of
21Illinois High School Diploma.
22(Source: P.A. 102-1100, eff. 1-1-23; 103-940, eff. 8-9-24.)
 
23    (105 ILCS 5/10-17)  (from Ch. 122, par. 10-17)
24    Sec. 10-17. Statement of affairs.
25    (a) In Class I or Class II county school units the school

 

 

HB5552- 31 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1board may use either a cash basis or accrual system of
2accounting; however, any board so electing to use the accrual
3system may not change to a cash basis without the permission of
4the State Board of Education.
5    School Boards using either a cash basis or accrual system
6of accounting shall maintain records showing the assets,
7liabilities and fund balances in such minimum forms as may be
8prescribed by the State Board of Education. No later than
9December 1 annually, such a school board shall make available
10to the public a statement of the affairs of the school district
11by posting the entire statement of affairs on the district's
12Internet website and by publishing a summary of the statement
13of affairs in a newspaper of general circulation. If a school
14district does not maintain an Internet website, the district
15must publish the entire statement of affairs in a newspaper of
16general circulation or have copies of the entire statement of
17affairs available in the main administrative office of the
18district.
19    The summary of the public statement of affairs published
20in a newspaper of general circulation of the district shall
21contain a minimum of all of the following information, in
22addition to the other requirements of this Section:
23        (1) (Blank).
24        (2) Except as provided in subdivision (3) of this
25    subsection (a), a listing of all moneys paid out by the
26    district where the total amount paid during the fiscal

 

 

HB5552- 32 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    year exceeds $2,500 in the aggregate per person, giving
2    the name of each person to whom moneys were paid and the
3    total paid to each person.
4        (3) A listing of all personnel, by name, with an
5    annual fiscal year gross payment in the categories set
6    forth in subdivision subdivisions 1 and 2 of subsection
7    (c) of this Section.
8In this Section, "newspaper of general circulation" means a
9newspaper of general circulation published in the school
10district, or, if no newspaper is published in the school
11district, a newspaper published in the county where the school
12district is located or, if no newspaper is published in the
13county, a newspaper published in the educational service
14region where the regional superintendent of schools has
15supervision and control of the school district.
16    (b) When any school district is the administrative
17district for several school districts operating under a joint
18agreement as authorized by this Code, no receipts or
19disbursements accruing, received or paid out by that school
20district as such an administrative district shall be included
21in the statement of affairs of the district required by this
22Section. However, that district shall have prepared and made
23available to the public, in accordance with subsection (a) of
24this Section, in the same manner and subject to the same
25requirements as are provided in this Section for the statement
26of affairs of that district, a statement of affairs for the

 

 

HB5552- 33 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1joint agreement, in the form prescribed by the State Board of
2Education. The costs of publishing this separate statement
3prepared by such an administrative district shall be
4apportioned among and paid by the participating districts in
5the same manner as other costs and expenses accruing to those
6districts jointly.
7    (c) The statement of affairs required to be posted on the
8district's Internet website or made available in the main
9administrative office of the district as provided under
10subsection (a) pursuant to this Section shall contain such
11information as may be required by the State Board of
12Education, including:
13        1. (Blank).
14        2. Annual fiscal year payment for non-certificated
15    personnel to be shown by name, listing each employee in
16    one of the following categories:
17            (a) Under $39,999
18            (b) $40,000 to $54,999
19            (c) $55,000 to $74,999
20            (d) $75,000 and over
21        3. Excluding wages and salaries, all other moneys in
22    the aggregate paid to recipients of $1,000 or more, giving
23    the name of the person, firm or corporation and the total
24    amount received by each. This listing shall be inclusive
25    of moneys expended from any revolving fund maintained by
26    the school district.

 

 

HB5552- 34 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        4. Approximate size of school district in square
2    miles.
3        5. Number of school attendance centers.
4        6. Numbers of employees as follows:
5            (a) Full-time certificated employees;
6            (b) Part-time certificated employees;
7            (c) Full-time non-certificated employees;
8            (d) Part-time non-certificated employees.
9        7. (Blank).
10        8. (Blank).
11        9. Tax rate for each district fund.
12        10. (Blank).
13        11. (Blank).
14        12. (Blank).
15        13. (Blank).
16        14. (Blank).
17        15. (Blank).
18        16. A report on contracts, as required in Section
19    10-20.44.
20    This Section does not apply to cities having a population
21exceeding 500,000.
22(Source: P.A. 104-261, eff. 1-1-26.)
 
23    (105 ILCS 5/10-17a)
24    Sec. 10-17a. State, school district, and school report
25cards; Expanded High School Snapshot Report.

 

 

HB5552- 35 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    (1) By October 31, 2013 and October 31 of each subsequent
2school year, the State Board of Education, through the State
3Superintendent of Education, shall prepare a State report
4card, school district report cards, and school report cards,
5and shall by the most economical means provide to each school
6district in this State, including special charter districts
7and districts subject to the provisions of Article 34, the
8report cards for the school district and each of its schools.
9Because of the impacts of the COVID-19 public health emergency
10during school year 2020-2021, the State Board of Education
11shall have until December 31, 2021 to prepare and provide the
12report cards that would otherwise be due by October 31, 2021.
13During a school year in which the Governor has declared a
14disaster due to a public health emergency pursuant to Section
157 of the Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act, the report
16cards for the school districts and each of its schools shall be
17prepared by December 31.
18    (2) In addition to any information required by federal
19law, the State Superintendent shall determine the indicators
20and presentation of the school report card, which must
21include, at a minimum, the most current data collected and
22maintained by the State Board of Education related to the
23following:
24        (A) school characteristics and student demographics,
25    including average class size, average teaching experience,
26    student racial/ethnic breakdown, and the percentage of

 

 

HB5552- 36 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    students classified as low-income; the percentage of
2    students classified as English learners, the number of
3    students who graduate from a bilingual or English learner
4    program, and the number of students who graduate from,
5    transfer from, or otherwise leave bilingual programs; the
6    percentage of students who have individualized education
7    plans or 504 plans that provide for special education
8    services; the number and the percentage of all students in
9    grades kindergarten through 8, disaggregated by the
10    student demographics described in this paragraph (A), in
11    each of the following categories: (i) those who have been
12    assessed for placement in a gifted education program or
13    accelerated placement, (ii) those who have enrolled in a
14    gifted education program or in accelerated placement, and
15    (iii) for each of categories (i) and (ii), those who
16    received direct instruction from a teacher who holds a
17    gifted education endorsement; the number and the
18    percentage of all students in grades 9 through 12,
19    disaggregated by the student demographics described in
20    this paragraph (A), who have been enrolled in an advanced
21    academic program; the percentage of students scoring at
22    the "exceeds expectations" level on the assessments
23    required under Section 2-3.64a-5 of this Code; the
24    percentage of students who annually transferred in or out
25    of the school district; average daily attendance; the
26    per-pupil operating expenditure of the school district;

 

 

HB5552- 37 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    and the per-pupil State average operating expenditure for
2    the district type (elementary, high school, or unit);
3        (B) curriculum information, including, where
4    applicable, Advanced Placement, International
5    Baccalaureate or equivalent courses, dual credit courses,
6    world foreign language classes, computer science courses,
7    school personnel resources (including Career Technical
8    Education teachers), before and after school programs,
9    extracurricular activities, subjects in which elective
10    classes are offered, health and wellness initiatives
11    (including the average number of days of Physical
12    Education per week per student), approved programs of
13    study, awards received, community partnerships, and
14    special programs such as programming for the gifted and
15    talented, students with disabilities, and work-study
16    students;
17        (C) student outcomes, including, where applicable, the
18    percentage of students deemed proficient on assessments of
19    State standards, the percentage of students in the eighth
20    grade who pass Algebra, the percentage of students who
21    participated in workplace learning experiences, the
22    percentage of students enrolled in post-secondary
23    institutions (including colleges, universities, community
24    colleges, trade/vocational schools, and training programs
25    leading to career certification within 2 semesters of high
26    school graduation), the percentage of students graduating

 

 

HB5552- 38 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    from high school who are college and career ready, the
2    percentage of graduates enrolled in community colleges,
3    colleges, and universities who are in one or more courses
4    that the community college, college, or university
5    identifies as a developmental course, and the percentage
6    of students with disabilities under the federal
7    Individuals with Disabilities Education Act and Article 14
8    of this Code who have fulfilled the minimum State
9    graduation requirements set forth in Section 27-605 of
10    this Code and have been issued a regular high school
11    diploma;
12        (D) student progress, including, where applicable, the
13    percentage of students in the ninth grade who have earned
14    5 credits or more without failing more than one core
15    class, a measure of students entering kindergarten ready
16    to learn, a measure of growth, and the percentage of
17    students who enter high school on track for college and
18    career readiness;
19        (E) the school environment, including, where
20    applicable, high school dropout rate by grade level, the
21    percentage of students with less than 10 absences in a
22    school year, the percentage of teachers with less than 10
23    absences in a school year for reasons other than
24    professional development, leaves taken pursuant to the
25    federal Family Medical Leave Act of 1993, long-term
26    disability, or parental leaves, the 3-year average of the

 

 

HB5552- 39 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    percentage of teachers returning to the school from the
2    previous year, the number of different principals at the
3    school in the last 6 years, the number of teachers who hold
4    a gifted education endorsement, the process and criteria
5    used by the district to determine whether a student is
6    eligible for participation in a gifted education program
7    or advanced academic program and the manner in which
8    parents and guardians are made aware of the process and
9    criteria, the number of teachers who are National Board
10    Certified Teachers, disaggregated by race and ethnicity, 2
11    or more indicators from any school climate survey selected
12    or approved by the State and administered pursuant to
13    Section 2-3.153 of this Code, with the same or similar
14    indicators included on school report cards for all surveys
15    selected or approved by the State pursuant to Section
16    2-3.153 of this Code, the combined percentage of teachers
17    rated as proficient or excellent in their most recent
18    evaluation, and, beginning with the 2022-2023 school year,
19    data on the number of incidents of violence that occurred
20    on school grounds or during school-related activities and
21    that resulted in an out-of-school suspension, expulsion,
22    or removal to an alternative setting, as reported pursuant
23    to Section 2-3.162;
24        (F) a school district's and its individual schools'
25    balanced accountability measure, in accordance with
26    Section 2-3.25a of this Code;

 

 

HB5552- 40 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        (G) the total and per pupil normal cost amount the
2    State contributed to the Teachers' Retirement System of
3    the State of Illinois in the prior fiscal year for the
4    school's employees, which shall be reported to the State
5    Board of Education by the Teachers' Retirement System of
6    the State of Illinois;
7        (H) for a school district organized under Article 34
8    of this Code only, State contributions to the Public
9    School Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of Chicago
10    and State contributions for health care for employees of
11    that school district;
12        (I) a school district's Final Percent of Adequacy, as
13    defined in paragraph (4) of subsection (f) of Section
14    18-8.15 of this Code;
15        (J) a school district's Local Capacity Target, as
16    defined in paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of Section
17    18-8.15 of this Code, displayed as a percentage amount;
18        (K) a school district's Real Receipts, as defined in
19    paragraph (1) of subsection (d) of Section 18-8.15 of this
20    Code, divided by a school district's Adequacy Target, as
21    defined in paragraph (1) of subsection (b) of Section
22    18-8.15 of this Code, displayed as a percentage amount;
23        (L) a school district's administrative costs;
24        (M) whether or not the school has participated in the
25    Illinois Youth Survey. In this paragraph (M), "Illinois
26    Youth Survey" means a self-report survey, administered in

 

 

HB5552- 41 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    school settings every 2 years, designed to gather
2    information about health and social indicators, including
3    substance abuse patterns and the attitudes of students in
4    grades 8, 10, and 12;
5        (N) whether the school offered its students career and
6    technical education opportunities; and
7        (O) beginning with the October 2024 report card, the
8    total number of school counselors, school social workers,
9    school nurses, and school psychologists by school,
10    district, and State, the average number of students per
11    school counselor in the school, district, and State, the
12    average number of students per school social worker in the
13    school, district, and State, the average number of
14    students per school nurse in the school, district, and
15    State, and the average number of students per school
16    psychologist in the school, district, and State.
17    The school report card shall also provide information that
18allows for comparing the current outcome, progress, and
19environment data to the State average, to the school data from
20the past 5 years, and to the outcomes, progress, and
21environment of similar schools based on the type of school and
22enrollment of low-income students, special education students,
23and English learners.
24    As used in this subsection (2):
25    "Accelerated placement" has the meaning ascribed to that
26term in Section 14A-17 of this Code.

 

 

HB5552- 42 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    "Administrative costs" means costs associated with
2executive, administrative, or managerial functions within the
3school district that involve planning, organizing, managing,
4or directing the school district.
5    "Advanced academic program" means a course of study,
6including, but not limited to, accelerated placement, advanced
7placement coursework, International Baccalaureate coursework,
8dual credit, or any course designated as enriched or honors,
9that a student is enrolled in based on advanced cognitive
10ability or advanced academic achievement compared to local age
11peers and in which the curriculum is substantially
12differentiated from the general curriculum to provide
13appropriate challenge and pace.
14    "Computer science" means the study of computers and
15algorithms, including their principles, their hardware and
16software designs, their implementation, and their impact on
17society. "Computer science" does not include the study of
18everyday uses of computers and computer applications, such as
19keyboarding or accessing the Internet.
20    "Gifted education" means educational services, including
21differentiated curricula and instructional methods, designed
22to meet the needs of gifted children as defined in Article 14A
23of this Code.
24    For the purposes of paragraph (A) of this subsection (2),
25"average daily attendance" means the average of the actual
26number of attendance days during the previous school year for

 

 

HB5552- 43 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1any enrolled student who is subject to compulsory attendance
2by Section 26-1 of this Code at each school and charter school.
3    (2.5) For any school report card prepared after July 1,
42025, for all high school graduation completion rates that are
5reported on the school report card as required under this
6Section or by any other State or federal law, the State
7Superintendent of Education shall also report the percentage
8of students who did not meet the requirements of high school
9graduation completion for any reason and, of those students,
10the percentage that are classified as students who fulfill the
11requirements of Section 14-16 of this Code.
12    The State Superintendent shall ensure that for the
132023-2024 school year there is a specific code for districts
14to report students who fulfill the requirements of Section
1514-16 of this Code to ensure accurate reporting under this
16Section.
17    All reporting requirements under this subsection (2.5)
18shall be included on the school report card where high school
19graduation completion rates are reported, along with a brief
20explanation of how fulfilling the requirements of Section
2114-16 of this Code is different from receiving a regular high
22school diploma.
23    (3) At the discretion of the State Superintendent, the
24school district report card shall include a subset of the
25information identified in paragraphs (A) through (E) of
26subsection (2) of this Section, as well as information

 

 

HB5552- 44 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1relating to the operating expense per pupil and other finances
2of the school district, and the State report card shall
3include a subset of the information identified in paragraphs
4(A) through (E) and paragraph (N) of subsection (2) of this
5Section. The school district report card shall include the
6average daily attendance, as that term is defined in
7subsection (2) of this Section, of students who have
8individualized education programs and students who have 504
9plans that provide for special education services within the
10school district.
11    (4) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
12Section, in consultation with key education stakeholders, the
13State Superintendent shall at any time have the discretion to
14amend or update any and all metrics on the school, district, or
15State report card.
16    (5) Annually, no more than 30 calendar days after receipt
17of the school district and school report cards from the State
18Superintendent of Education, each school district, including
19special charter districts and districts subject to the
20provisions of Article 34, shall present such report cards at a
21regular school board meeting subject to applicable notice
22requirements, post the report cards on the school district's
23Internet web site, if the district maintains an Internet web
24site, make the report cards available to a newspaper of
25general circulation serving the district, and, upon request,
26send the report cards home to a parent (unless the district

 

 

HB5552- 45 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1does not maintain an Internet web site, in which case the
2report card shall be sent home to parents without request). If
3the district posts the report card on its Internet web site,
4the district shall send a written notice home to parents
5stating (i) that the report card is available on the web site,
6(ii) the address of the web site, (iii) that a printed copy of
7the report card will be sent to parents upon request, and (iv)
8the telephone number that parents may call to request a
9printed copy of the report card.
10    (6) Nothing contained in Public Act 98-648 repeals,
11supersedes, invalidates, or nullifies final decisions in
12lawsuits pending on July 1, 2014 (the effective date of Public
13Act 98-648) in Illinois courts involving the interpretation of
14Public Act 97-8.
15    (7) As used in this subsection (7):
16    "Advanced coursework or programs" means any high school
17courses, sequence of courses, or class or grouping of students
18organized to provide more rigorous, enriched, advanced,
19accelerated, gifted, or above grade-level instruction. This
20may include, but is not limited to, Advanced Placement
21courses, International Baccalaureate courses, honors,
22weighted, advanced, or enriched courses, or gifted or
23accelerated programs, classrooms, or courses.
24    "Course" means any high school class or course offered by
25a school that is assigned a school course code by the State
26Board of Education.

 

 

HB5552- 46 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    "High school" means a school that maintains any of grades
29 through 12.
3    "Standard coursework or programs" means any high school
4courses or classes other than advanced coursework or programs.
5    By December 31, 2027 and by December 31 of each subsequent
6year, the State Board of Education, through the State
7Superintendent of Education, shall prepare a stand-alone
8report covering all public high schools in this State, to be
9referred to as the Expanded High School Coursework Snapshot
10Report. The State Board shall post the Report on the State
11Board's Internet website. Each school district with high
12school enrollment for the reporting year shall include on the
13school district's Internet website, if the district maintains
14an Internet website, a hyperlink to the Report on the State
15Board's Internet website titled "Expanded High School
16Coursework Snapshot Report". Hyperlinks under this subsection
17(7) shall be displayed in a manner that is easily accessible to
18the public.
19    The Expanded High School Coursework Snapshot Report shall
20include:
21        (A) a listing of all standard coursework or programs
22    that have high school student enrollment;
23        (B) a listing of all advanced coursework or programs
24    that have high school student enrollment;
25        (C) a listing of all coursework or programs that have
26    high school student enrollment by English learners;

 

 

HB5552- 47 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        (D) a listing of all coursework or programs that have
2    high school student enrollment by students with
3    disabilities;
4        (E) data tables and graphs comparing advanced
5    coursework or programs enrollment with standard coursework
6    or programs enrollment according to the following
7    parameters:
8            (i) the average years of experience of all
9        teachers in a high school who are assigned to teach
10        advanced coursework or programs compared with the
11        average years of experience of all teachers in the
12        high school who are assigned to teach standard
13        coursework or programs;
14            (ii) the average years of experience of all
15        teachers in a high school who are assigned to teach
16        coursework or programs that have high school
17        enrollment by students with disabilities compared with
18        the average years of experience of all teachers in the
19        high school who are not assigned to teach coursework
20        or programs that have high school student enrollment
21        by students with disabilities;
22            (iii) the average years of experience of all
23        teachers in a high school who are assigned to teach
24        coursework or programs that have high school student
25        enrollment by English learners compared with the
26        average years of experience of all teachers in the

 

 

HB5552- 48 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        high school who are not assigned to teach coursework
2        or programs that have high school student enrollment
3        by English learners;
4            (iv) the number of high school teachers who
5        possess bachelor's degrees, master's degrees, or
6        higher degrees and who are assigned to teach advanced
7        coursework or programs compared with the number of
8        teachers who possess bachelor's degrees, master's
9        degrees, or higher degrees and who are assigned to
10        teach standard coursework or programs;
11            (v) the number of high school teachers who possess
12        bachelor's degrees, master's degrees, or higher
13        degrees and who are assigned to teach coursework or
14        programs that have high school student enrollment by
15        students with disabilities compared with the number of
16        teachers who possess bachelor's degrees, master's
17        degrees, or higher degrees and who are not assigned to
18        teach coursework or programs that have high school
19        student enrollment by students with disabilities;
20            (vi) the number of high school teachers who
21        possess bachelor's degrees, master's degrees, or
22        higher degrees and who are assigned to teach
23        coursework or programs that have high school student
24        enrollment by English learners compared with the
25        number of teachers who possess bachelor's degrees,
26        master's degrees, or higher degrees and who are not

 

 

HB5552- 49 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        assigned to teach coursework or programs that have
2        high school student enrollment by English learners;
3            (vii) the average student enrollment of advanced
4        coursework or programs offered in a high school
5        compared with the average student enrollment of
6        standard coursework or programs;
7            (viii) the percentages of high school students, by
8        race, gender, and program student group, who are
9        enrolled in advanced coursework or programs;
10            (ix) (blank);
11            (x) (blank);
12            (xi) (blank);
13            (xii) (blank);
14            (xiii) (blank);
15            (xiv) the percentage of high school students, by
16        race, gender, and program student group, who earn the
17        equivalent of a C grade or higher on a grade A through
18        F scale in one or more advanced coursework or programs
19        compared with the percentage of high school students,
20        by race, gender, and program student group, who earn
21        the equivalent of a C grade or higher on a grade A
22        through F scale in one or more standard coursework or
23        programs;
24            (xv) (blank);
25            (xvi) (blank); and
26        (F) data tables and graphs for each race and ethnicity

 

 

HB5552- 50 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    category and gender category describing:
2            (i) the total student number and student
3        percentage for Advanced Placement courses taken by
4        race and ethnicity category and gender category;
5            (ii) the total student number and student
6        percentage for International Baccalaureate courses
7        taken by race and ethnicity category and gender
8        category;
9            (iii) (blank);
10            (iv) (blank); and
11            (v) the total student number and student
12        percentage of high school students who earn a score of
13        3 or higher on the Advanced Placement exam associated
14        with an Advanced Placement course.
15    For data on teacher experience and education under this
16subsection (7), a teacher who teaches a combination of courses
17designated as advanced coursework or programs, courses or
18programs that have high school student enrollment by English
19learners, or standard coursework or programs shall be included
20in all relevant categories and the teacher's level of
21experience shall be added to the categories.
22(Source: P.A. 103-116, eff. 6-30-23; 103-263, eff. 6-30-23;
23103-413, eff, 1-1-24; 103-503, eff. 1-1-24; 103-605, eff.
247-1-24; 103-780, eff. 8-2-24; 104-391, eff. 8-15-25.)
 
25    (105 ILCS 5/10-20.44)

 

 

HB5552- 51 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    Sec. 10-20.44. Report on contracts.
2    (a) This Section applies to all school districts,
3including a school district organized under Article 34 of this
4Code.
5    (b) A school board must list on the district's Internet
6website, if any, all contracts over $25,000 and any contract
7that the school board enters into with an exclusive bargaining
8representative.
9    (c) Each year, in conjunction with the publication of the
10Statement of Affairs as required under Section 10-17 on the
11district's Internet website and in a newspaper of general
12circulation prior to December 1, provided for in Section
1310-17, each school district shall include an annual report on
14all contracts over $25,000 awarded by the school district
15during the previous fiscal year. The report shall include at
16least the following:
17        (1) the total number of all contracts awarded by the
18    school district;
19        (2) the total value of all contracts awarded;
20        (3) the number of contracts awarded to minority-owned
21    businesses, women-owned businesses, and businesses owned
22    by persons with disabilities, as defined in the Business
23    Enterprise for Minorities, Women, and Persons with
24    Disabilities Act, and locally owned businesses; and
25        (4) the total value of contracts awarded to
26    minority-owned businesses, women-owned businesses, and

 

 

HB5552- 52 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    businesses owned by persons with disabilities, as defined
2    in the Business Enterprise for Minorities, Women, and
3    Persons with Disabilities Act, and locally owned
4    businesses.
5    The report shall be made available to the public,
6including publication on the school district's Internet
7website, if any.
8(Source: P.A. 104-261, eff. 1-1-26.)
 
9    (105 ILCS 5/10-20.52)
10    Sec. 10-20.52. American Sign Language courses. School
11boards are encouraged to implement American Sign Language
12courses into school world foreign language curricula.
13(Source: P.A. 96-843, eff. 6-1-10; 97-333, eff. 8-12-11.)
 
14    (105 ILCS 5/10-22.43)  (from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.43)
15    Sec. 10-22.43. Credit for Proficiency in World Foreign
16Language. To grant one year of high school world foreign
17language credit to any student who has graduated from an
18accredited elementary school and who can demonstrate
19proficiency in a language other than English. For purposes of
20this Section, proficiency in American Sign Language shall be
21deemed proficiency in a world foreign language for which one
22year of high school world foreign language credit may be
23granted. Proficiency shall be determined by academic criteria
24acceptable to local school boards.

 

 

HB5552- 53 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1(Source: P.A. 86-623.)
 
2    (105 ILCS 5/10-22.43a)  (from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.43a)
3    Sec. 10-22.43a. World Foreign language credit. To award or
4provide for the awarding of high school credit to high school
5students who have studied a world foreign language in an
6approved community-based heritage language ethnic school
7program. The amount of credit awarded shall be roughly
8equivalent to the amount of credit the student would have
9received if he or she had reached the same level of world
10foreign language proficiency at a public high school as he or
11she achieved at the community-based heritage language ethnic
12school. The school board may require a student seeking world
13foreign language credit under this Section to successfully
14complete a world foreign language proficiency examination.
15(Source: P.A. 83-794.)
 
16    (105 ILCS 5/14-7.02)  (from Ch. 122, par. 14-7.02)
17    Sec. 14-7.02. Children attending private special education
18schools, separate public special education day schools, public
19out-of-state schools, public school residential facilities, or
20private special education facilities.
21    (a) The General Assembly recognizes that non-public
22schools or special education facilities provide an important
23service in the educational system in Illinois.
24    (b) If a student's individualized education program (IEP)

 

 

HB5552- 54 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1team determines that because of his or her disability the
2special education program of a district is unable to meet the
3needs of the child and the child attends a non-public school or
4special education facility, a public out-of-state school or a
5special education facility owned and operated by a county
6government unit that provides special educational services
7required by the child and is in compliance with the
8appropriate rules and regulations of the State Superintendent
9of Education, the school district in which the child is a
10resident shall pay the actual cost of tuition for special
11education and related services provided during the regular
12school term and during the summer school term if the child's
13educational needs so require, excluding room, board and
14transportation costs charged the child by that non-public
15school or special education facility, public out-of-state
16school or county special education facility, or $4,500 per
17year, whichever is less, and shall provide him any necessary
18transportation. "Nonpublic special education facility" shall
19include a residential facility, within or without the State of
20Illinois, which provides special education and related
21services to meet the needs of the child by utilizing private
22schools or public schools, whether located on the site or off
23the site of the residential facility. Resident district
24financial responsibility and reimbursement applies for both
25nonpublic special education facilities that are approved by
26the State Board of Education pursuant to 23 Ill. Adm. Code 401

 

 

HB5552- 55 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1or other applicable laws or rules and for emergency
2residential placements in nonpublic special education
3facilities that are not approved by the State Board of
4Education pursuant to 23 Ill. Adm. Code 401 or other
5applicable laws or rules, subject to the requirements of this
6Section.
7    (c) Prior to the placement of a child in an out-of-state
8special education residential facility, the school district
9must refer to the child or the child's parent or guardian the
10option to place the child in a special education residential
11facility located within this State, if any, that provides
12treatment and services comparable to those provided by the
13out-of-state special education residential facility. The
14school district must review annually the placement of a child
15in an out-of-state special education residential facility. As
16a part of the review, the school district must refer to the
17child or the child's parent or guardian the option to place the
18child in a comparable special education residential facility
19located within this State, if any.
20    (c-5) Before a provider that operates a nonpublic special
21education facility terminates a student's placement in that
22facility, the provider must request an IEP meeting from the
23contracting school district. If the provider elects to
24terminate the student's placement following the IEP meeting,
25the provider must give written notice to this effect to the
26parent or guardian, the contracting public school district,

 

 

HB5552- 56 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1and the State Board of Education no later than 20 business days
2before the date of termination, unless the health and safety
3of any student are endangered. The notice must include the
4detailed reasons for the termination and any actions taken to
5address the reason for the termination.
6    (d) Payments shall be made by the resident school district
7to the entity providing the educational services, whether the
8entity is the nonpublic special education facility or the
9school district wherein the facility is located, no less than
10once per quarter, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the
11parties.
12    (e) A school district may residentially place a student in
13a nonpublic special education facility providing educational
14services, but not approved by the State Board of Education
15pursuant to 23 Ill. Adm. Code 401 or other applicable laws or
16rules, provided that the State Board of Education provides an
17emergency and student-specific approval for residential
18placement. The State Board of Education shall promptly, within
1910 days after the request, approve a request for emergency and
20student-specific approval for residential placement if the
21following have been demonstrated to the State Board of
22Education:
23        (1) the facility demonstrates appropriate licensure of
24    teachers for the student population;
25        (2) the facility demonstrates age-appropriate
26    curriculum;

 

 

HB5552- 57 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        (3) the facility provides enrollment and attendance
2    data;
3        (4) the facility demonstrates the ability to implement
4    the child's IEP; and
5        (5) the school district demonstrates that it made good
6    faith efforts to residentially place the student in an
7    approved facility, but no approved facility has accepted
8    the student or has availability for immediate residential
9    placement of the student.
10A resident school district may also submit such proof to the
11State Board of Education as may be required for its student.
12The State Board of Education may not unreasonably withhold
13approval once satisfactory proof is provided to the State
14Board.
15    (f) If an impartial due process hearing officer who is
16contracted by the State Board of Education pursuant to this
17Article orders placement of a student with a disability in a
18residential facility that is not approved by the State Board
19of Education, then, for purposes of this Section, the facility
20shall be deemed approved for placement and school district
21payments and State reimbursements shall be made accordingly.
22    (g) Emergency residential placement in a facility approved
23pursuant to subsection (e) or (f) may continue to be utilized
24so long as (i) the student's IEP team determines annually that
25such placement continues to be appropriate to meet the
26student's needs and (ii) at least every 3 years following the

 

 

HB5552- 58 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1student's residential placement, the IEP team reviews
2appropriate placements approved by the State Board of
3Education pursuant to 23 Ill. Adm. Code 401 or other
4applicable laws or rules to determine whether there are any
5approved placements that can meet the student's needs, have
6accepted the student, and have availability for placement of
7the student.
8    (h) The State Board of Education shall promulgate rules
9and regulations for determining when placement in a private
10special education facility is appropriate. Such rules and
11regulations shall take into account the various types of
12services needed by a child and the availability of such
13services to the particular child in the public school. In
14developing these rules and regulations the State Board of
15Education shall consult with the Advisory Council on Education
16of Children with Disabilities and hold public hearings to
17secure recommendations from parents, school personnel, and
18others concerned about this matter.
19    The State Board of Education shall also promulgate rules
20and regulations for transportation to and from a residential
21school. Transportation to and from home to a residential
22school more than once each school term shall be subject to
23prior approval by the State Superintendent in accordance with
24the rules and regulations of the State Board.
25    (i) A school district making tuition payments pursuant to
26this Section is eligible for reimbursement from the State for

 

 

HB5552- 59 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1the amount of such payments actually made in excess of the
2district per capita tuition charge for students not receiving
3special education services. Such reimbursement shall be
4approved in accordance with Section 14-12.01 and each district
5shall file its claims, computed in accordance with rules
6prescribed by the State Board of Education, on forms
7prescribed by the State Superintendent of Education. Data used
8as a basis of reimbursement claims shall be for the preceding
9regular school term and summer school term. Each school
10district shall transmit its claims to the State Board of
11Education on or before August 15. However, for claims payable
12in Fiscal Year 2026, each school district shall transmit its
13claims to the State Board of Education on or before September
1415. The State Board of Education, before approving any such
15claims, shall determine their accuracy and whether they are
16based upon services and facilities provided under approved
17programs. Upon approval the State Board shall cause vouchers
18to be prepared showing the amount due for payment of
19reimbursement claims to school districts, for transmittal to
20the State Comptroller on the 30th day of September, December,
21and March, respectively, and the final voucher, no later than
22June 20. However, for vouchers payable in Fiscal Year 2026,
23upon approval the State Board of Education shall cause
24vouchers to be prepared showing the amount due for payment of
25reimbursement claims to school districts, for transmittal to
26the State Comptroller on the 30th day of November, December,

 

 

HB5552- 60 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1and March, respectively, and the final voucher, no later than
2June 20. If the money appropriated by the General Assembly for
3such purpose for any year is insufficient, it shall be
4apportioned on the basis of the claims approved.
5    (j) No child shall be placed in a special education
6program pursuant to this Section if the tuition cost for
7special education and related services increases more than 10
8percent over the tuition cost for the previous school year or
9exceeds $4,500 per year unless such costs have been approved
10by the Illinois Purchased Care Review Board. The Illinois
11Purchased Care Review Board shall consist of the following
12persons, or their designees: the Directors of Children and
13Family Services, Public Health, Healthcare and Family
14Services, Public Aid, and the Governor's Office of Management
15and Budget; the Secretary of Human Services and one member
16designated by the Secretary representing the Division of
17Developmental Disabilities or the Division of Rehabilitation
18Services; the State Superintendent of Education; and such
19other persons as the Governor may designate. The Review Board
20shall also consist of one non-voting member who is an
21administrator of a private, nonpublic, special education
22school, one non-voting member who is an administrator of a
23separate public special education day school, and one
24non-voting member from a State agency that administers and
25provides early childhood education and care programs and
26services to children and families. The Review Board shall

 

 

HB5552- 61 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1establish rules and regulations for its determination of
2allowable costs and payments made by local school districts
3for special education, room and board, and other related
4services provided by non-public schools, separate public
5special education day schools, or special education facilities
6and shall establish uniform standards and criteria which it
7shall follow. The Review Board shall approve the usual and
8customary rate or rates of a special education program that
9(i) is offered by an out-of-state, non-public provider of
10integrated autism specific educational and autism specific
11residential services, (ii) offers 2 or more levels of
12residential care, including at least one locked facility, and
13(iii) serves 12 or fewer Illinois students.
14    (k) In determining rates based on allowable costs, the
15Review Board shall consider any wage increases awarded by the
16General Assembly to front line personnel defined as direct
17support persons, aides, front-line supervisors, qualified
18intellectual disabilities professionals, nurses, and
19non-administrative support staff working in service settings
20in community-based settings within the State and adjust
21customary rates or rates of a special education program to be
22equitable to the wage increase awarded to similar staff
23positions in a community residential setting. Any wage
24increase awarded by the General Assembly to front line
25personnel defined as direct support persons, aides, front-line
26supervisors, qualified intellectual disabilities

 

 

HB5552- 62 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1professionals, nurses, and non-administrative support staff
2working in community-based settings within the State,
3including the $0.75 per hour increase contained in Public Act
4100-23 and the $0.50 per hour increase included in Public Act
5100-23, shall also be a basis for any facility covered by this
6Section to appeal its rate before the Review Board under the
7process defined in Title 89, Part 900, Section 340 of the
8Illinois Administrative Code. Illinois Administrative Code
9Title 89, Part 900, Section 342 shall be updated to recognize
10wage increases awarded to community-based settings to be a
11basis for appeal. However, any wage increase that is captured
12upon appeal from a previous year shall not be counted by the
13Review Board as revenue for the purpose of calculating a
14facility's future rate.
15    (l) Any definition used by the Review Board in
16administrative rule or policy to define "related
17organizations" shall include any and all exceptions contained
18in federal law or regulation as it pertains to the federal
19definition of "related organizations".
20    (m) The Review Board shall establish uniform definitions
21and criteria for accounting separately by special education,
22room and board and other related services costs. The Board
23shall also establish guidelines for the coordination of
24services and financial assistance provided by all State
25agencies to assure that no otherwise qualified child with a
26disability receiving services under Article 14 shall be

 

 

HB5552- 63 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of or
2be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity
3provided by any State agency.
4    (n) The Review Board shall review the costs for special
5education and related services provided by non-public schools,
6separate public special education day schools, or special
7education facilities and shall approve or disapprove such
8facilities in accordance with the rules and regulations
9established by it with respect to allowable costs.
10    (o) The State Board of Education shall provide
11administrative and staff support for the Review Board as
12deemed reasonable by the State Superintendent of Education.
13This support shall not include travel expenses or other
14compensation for any Review Board member other than the State
15Superintendent of Education.
16    (p) The Review Board shall seek the advice of the Advisory
17Council on Education of Children with Disabilities on the
18rules and regulations to be promulgated by it relative to
19providing special education services.
20    (q) If a child has been placed in a program in which the
21actual per pupil costs of tuition for special education and
22related services based on program enrollment, excluding room,
23board and transportation costs, exceed $4,500 and such costs
24have been approved by the Review Board, the district shall pay
25such total costs which exceed $4,500. A district making such
26tuition payments in excess of $4,500 pursuant to this Section

 

 

HB5552- 64 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1shall be responsible for an amount in excess of $4,500 equal to
2the district per capita tuition charge and shall be eligible
3for reimbursement from the State for the amount of such
4payments actually made in excess of the district's per capita
5tuition charge for students not receiving special education
6services. If a child has been placed in a private special
7education school, separate public special education day
8school, or private special education facility, a district
9making tuition payments in excess of $4,500 pursuant to this
10Section shall be responsible for an amount in excess of $4,500
11equal to 2 times the district's per capita tuition charge and
12shall be eligible for reimbursement from the State for the
13amount of such payments actually made in excess of 2 times the
14district's per capita tuition charge for students not
15receiving special education services.
16    (r) If a child has been placed in an approved individual
17program and the tuition costs including room and board costs
18have been approved by the Review Board, then such room and
19board costs shall be paid by the appropriate State agency
20subject to the provisions of Section 14-8.01 of this Act. Room
21and board costs not provided by a State agency other than the
22State Board of Education shall be provided by the State Board
23of Education on a current basis. In no event, however, shall
24the State's liability for funding of these tuition costs begin
25until after the legal obligations of third party payors have
26been subtracted from such costs. If the money appropriated by

 

 

HB5552- 65 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1the General Assembly for such purpose for any year is
2insufficient, it shall be apportioned on the basis of the
3claims approved. Each district shall submit estimated claims
4to the State Superintendent of Education. Upon approval of
5such claims, the State Superintendent of Education shall
6direct the State Comptroller to make payments on a monthly
7basis. The frequency for submitting estimated claims and the
8method of determining payment shall be prescribed in rules and
9regulations adopted by the State Board of Education. Such
10current state reimbursement shall be reduced by an amount
11equal to the proceeds which the child or child's parents are
12eligible to receive under any public or private insurance or
13assistance program. Nothing in this Section shall be construed
14as relieving an insurer or similar third party from an
15otherwise valid obligation to provide or to pay for services
16provided to a child with a disability.
17    (s) If it otherwise qualifies, a school district is
18eligible for the transportation reimbursement under Section
1914-13.01 and for the reimbursement of tuition payments under
20this Section whether the non-public school or special
21education facility, public out-of-state school or county
22special education facility, attended by a child who resides in
23that district and requires special educational services, is
24within or outside of the State of Illinois. However, a
25district is not eligible to claim transportation reimbursement
26under this Section unless the district certifies to the State

 

 

HB5552- 66 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1Superintendent of Education that the district is unable to
2provide special educational services required by the child for
3the current school year.
4    (t) Nothing in this Section authorizes the reimbursement
5of a school district for the amount paid for tuition of a child
6attending a non-public school or special education facility, a
7public special education facility, a public out-of-state
8school, or a county special education facility unless the
9school district certifies to the State Superintendent of
10Education that the special education program of that district
11is unable to meet the needs of that child because of the
12child's disability and the State Superintendent of Education
13finds that the school district is in substantial compliance
14with Section 14-4.01. However, if a child is unilaterally
15placed by a State agency or any court in a non-public school or
16special education facility, public out-of-state school, or
17county special education facility, a school district shall not
18be required to certify to the State Superintendent of
19Education, for the purpose of tuition reimbursement, that the
20special education program of that district is unable to meet
21the needs of a child because of his or her disability.
22    (u) Any educational or related services provided, pursuant
23to this Section in a non-public school or special education
24facility or a special education facility owned and operated by
25a county government unit shall be at no cost to the parent or
26guardian of the child. However, current law and practices

 

 

HB5552- 67 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1relative to contributions by parents or guardians for costs
2other than educational or related services are not affected by
3this amendatory Act of 1978.
4    (v) Reimbursement for children attending public school
5residential facilities shall be made in accordance with the
6provisions of this Section.
7    (w) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any school
8district receiving a payment under this Section or under
9Section 14-7.02b, 14-13.01, or 29-5 of this Code may classify
10all or a portion of the funds that it receives in a particular
11fiscal year or from general State aid pursuant to Section
1218-8.05 of this Code as funds received in connection with any
13funding program for which it is entitled to receive funds from
14the State in that fiscal year (including, without limitation,
15any funding program referenced in this Section), regardless of
16the source or timing of the receipt. The district may not
17classify more funds as funds received in connection with the
18funding program than the district is entitled to receive in
19that fiscal year for that program. Any classification by a
20district must be made by a resolution of its board of
21education. The resolution must identify the amount of any
22payments or general State aid to be classified under this
23paragraph and must specify the funding program to which the
24funds are to be treated as received in connection therewith.
25This resolution is controlling as to the classification of
26funds referenced therein. A certified copy of the resolution

 

 

HB5552- 68 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1must be sent to the State Superintendent of Education. The
2resolution shall still take effect even though a copy of the
3resolution has not been sent to the State Superintendent of
4Education in a timely manner. No classification under this
5paragraph by a district shall affect the total amount or
6timing of money the district is entitled to receive under this
7Code. No classification under this paragraph by a district
8shall in any way relieve the district from or affect any
9requirements that otherwise would apply with respect to that
10funding program, including any accounting of funds by source,
11reporting expenditures by original source and purpose,
12reporting requirements, or requirements of providing services.
13    (x) The State Board of Education may adopt such rules as
14may be necessary to implement this Section.
15(Source: P.A. 103-175, eff. 6-30-23; 103-546, eff. 8-11-23;
16103-605, eff. 7-1-24; 103-644, eff. 7-1-24; 104-2, eff.
176-16-25.)
 
18    (105 ILCS 5/18-8.15)
19    Sec. 18-8.15. Evidence-Based Funding for student success
20for the 2017-2018 and subsequent school years.
21    (a) General provisions.
22        (1) The purpose of this Section is to ensure that, by
23    June 30, 2027 and beyond, this State has a kindergarten
24    through grade 12 public education system with the capacity
25    to ensure the educational development of all persons to

 

 

HB5552- 69 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    the limits of their capacities in accordance with Section
2    1 of Article X of the Constitution of the State of
3    Illinois. To accomplish that objective, this Section
4    creates a method of funding public education that is
5    evidence-based; is sufficient to ensure every student
6    receives a meaningful opportunity to learn irrespective of
7    race, ethnicity, sexual orientation, gender, or
8    community-income level; and is sustainable and
9    predictable. When fully funded under this Section, every
10    school shall have the resources, based on what the
11    evidence indicates is needed, to:
12            (A) provide all students with a high quality
13        education that offers the academic, enrichment, social
14        and emotional support, technical, and career-focused
15        programs that will allow them to become competitive
16        workers, responsible parents, productive citizens of
17        this State, and active members of our national
18        democracy;
19            (B) ensure all students receive the education they
20        need to graduate from high school with the skills
21        required to pursue post-secondary education and
22        training for a rewarding career;
23            (C) reduce, with a goal of eliminating, the
24        achievement gap between at-risk and non-at-risk
25        students by raising the performance of at-risk
26        students and not by reducing standards; and

 

 

HB5552- 70 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1            (D) ensure this State satisfies its obligation to
2        assume the primary responsibility to fund public
3        education and simultaneously relieve the
4        disproportionate burden placed on local property taxes
5        to fund schools.
6        (2) The Evidence-Based Funding formula under this
7    Section shall be applied to all Organizational Units in
8    this State. The Evidence-Based Funding formula outlined in
9    this Act is based on the formula outlined in Senate Bill 1
10    of the 100th General Assembly, as passed by both
11    legislative chambers. As further defined and described in
12    this Section, there are 4 major components of the
13    Evidence-Based Funding model:
14            (A) First, the model calculates a unique Adequacy
15        Target for each Organizational Unit in this State that
16        considers the costs to implement research-based
17        activities, the unit's student demographics, and
18        regional wage differences.
19            (B) Second, the model calculates each
20        Organizational Unit's Local Capacity, or the amount
21        each Organizational Unit is assumed to contribute
22        toward its Adequacy Target from local resources.
23            (C) Third, the model calculates how much funding
24        the State currently contributes to the Organizational
25        Unit and adds that to the unit's Local Capacity to
26        determine the unit's overall current adequacy of

 

 

HB5552- 71 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        funding.
2            (D) Finally, the model's distribution method
3        allocates new State funding to those Organizational
4        Units that are least well-funded, considering both
5        Local Capacity and State funding, in relation to their
6        Adequacy Target.
7        (3) An Organizational Unit receiving any funding under
8    this Section may apply those funds to any fund so received
9    for which that Organizational Unit is authorized to make
10    expenditures by law.
11        (4) As used in this Section, the following terms shall
12    have the meanings ascribed in this paragraph (4):
13        "Adequacy Target" is defined in paragraph (1) of
14    subsection (b) of this Section.
15        "Adjusted EAV" is defined in paragraph (4) of
16    subsection (d) of this Section.
17        "Adjusted Local Capacity Target" is defined in
18    paragraph (3) of subsection (c) of this Section.
19        "Adjusted Operating Tax Rate" means a tax rate for all
20    Organizational Units, for which the State Superintendent
21    shall calculate and subtract for the Operating Tax Rate a
22    transportation rate based on total expenses for
23    transportation services under this Code, as reported on
24    the most recent Annual Financial Report in Pupil
25    Transportation Services, function 2550 in both the
26    Education and Transportation funds and functions 4110 and

 

 

HB5552- 72 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    4120 in the Transportation fund, less any corresponding
2    fiscal year State of Illinois scheduled payments excluding
3    net adjustments for prior years for regular, vocational,
4    or special education transportation reimbursement pursuant
5    to Section 29-5 or subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of
6    this Code divided by the Adjusted EAV. If an
7    Organizational Unit's corresponding fiscal year State of
8    Illinois scheduled payments excluding net adjustments for
9    prior years for regular, vocational, or special education
10    transportation reimbursement pursuant to Section 29-5 or
11    subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of this Code exceed the
12    total transportation expenses, as defined in this
13    paragraph, no transportation rate shall be subtracted from
14    the Operating Tax Rate.
15        "Allocation Rate" is defined in paragraph (3) of
16    subsection (g) of this Section.
17        "Alternative School" means a public school that is
18    created and operated by a regional superintendent of
19    schools and approved by the State Board.
20        "Applicable Tax Rate" is defined in paragraph (1) of
21    subsection (d) of this Section.
22        "Assessment" means any of those benchmark, progress
23    monitoring, formative, diagnostic, and other assessments,
24    in addition to the State accountability assessment, that
25    assist teachers' needs in understanding the skills and
26    meeting the needs of the students they serve.

 

 

HB5552- 73 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        "Assistant principal" means a school administrator
2    duly endorsed to be employed as an assistant principal in
3    this State.
4        "At-risk student" means a student who is at risk of
5    not meeting the Illinois Learning Standards or not
6    graduating from elementary or high school and who
7    demonstrates a need for vocational support or social
8    services beyond that provided by the regular school
9    program. All students included in an Organizational Unit's
10    Low-Income Count, as well as all English learner and
11    disabled students attending the Organizational Unit, shall
12    be considered at-risk students under this Section.
13        "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" for fiscal year
14    2018 means, for an Organizational Unit, the greater of the
15    average number of students (grades K through 12) reported
16    to the State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit
17    on October 1 in the immediately preceding school year,
18    plus the pre-kindergarten students who receive special
19    education services of 2 or more hours a day as reported to
20    the State Board on December 1 in the immediately preceding
21    school year, or the average number of students (grades K
22    through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the
23    Organizational Unit on October 1, plus the
24    pre-kindergarten students who receive special education
25    services of 2 or more hours a day as reported to the State
26    Board on December 1, for each of the immediately preceding

 

 

HB5552- 74 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    3 school years. For fiscal year 2019 and each subsequent
2    fiscal year, "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" means,
3    for an Organizational Unit, the greater of the average
4    number of students (grades K through 12) reported to the
5    State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit on
6    October 1 and March 1 in the immediately preceding school
7    year, plus the pre-kindergarten students who receive
8    special education services as reported to the State Board
9    on October 1 and March 1 in the immediately preceding
10    school year, or the average number of students (grades K
11    through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the
12    Organizational Unit on October 1 and March 1, plus the
13    pre-kindergarten students who receive special education
14    services as reported to the State Board on October 1 and
15    March 1, for each of the immediately preceding 3 school
16    years. For the purposes of this definition, "enrolled in
17    the Organizational Unit" means the number of students
18    reported to the State Board who are enrolled in schools
19    within the Organizational Unit that the student attends or
20    would attend if not placed or transferred to another
21    school or program to receive needed services. For the
22    purposes of calculating "ASE", all students, grades K
23    through 12, excluding those attending kindergarten for a
24    half day and students attending an alternative education
25    program operated by a regional office of education or
26    intermediate service center, shall be counted as 1.0. All

 

 

HB5552- 75 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    students attending kindergarten for a half day shall be
2    counted as 0.5, unless in 2017 by June 15 or by March 1 in
3    subsequent years, the school district reports to the State
4    Board of Education the intent to implement full-day
5    kindergarten district-wide for all students, then all
6    students attending kindergarten shall be counted as 1.0.
7    Special education pre-kindergarten students shall be
8    counted as 0.5 each. If the State Board does not collect or
9    has not collected both an October 1 and March 1 enrollment
10    count by grade or a December 1 collection of special
11    education pre-kindergarten students as of August 31, 2017
12    (the effective date of Public Act 100-465), it shall
13    establish such collection for all future years. For any
14    year in which a count by grade level was collected only
15    once, that count shall be used as the single count
16    available for computing a 3-year average ASE. Funding for
17    programs operated by a regional office of education or an
18    intermediate service center must be calculated using the
19    Evidence-Based Funding formula under this Section for the
20    2019-2020 school year and each subsequent school year
21    until separate adequacy formulas are developed and adopted
22    for each type of program. ASE for a program operated by a
23    regional office of education or an intermediate service
24    center must be determined by the March 1 enrollment for
25    the program. For the 2019-2020 school year, the ASE used
26    in the calculation must be the first-year ASE and, in that

 

 

HB5552- 76 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    year only, the assignment of students served by a regional
2    office of education or intermediate service center shall
3    not result in a reduction of the March enrollment for any
4    school district. For the 2020-2021 school year, the ASE
5    must be the greater of the current-year ASE or the 2-year
6    average ASE. Beginning with the 2021-2022 school year, the
7    ASE must be the greater of the current-year ASE or the
8    3-year average ASE. School districts shall submit the data
9    for the ASE calculation to the State Board within 45 days
10    of the dates required in this Section for submission of
11    enrollment data in order for it to be included in the ASE
12    calculation. For fiscal year 2018 only, the ASE
13    calculation shall include only enrollment taken on October
14    1. In recognition of the impact of COVID-19, the
15    definition of "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" shall
16    be adjusted for calculations under this Section for fiscal
17    years 2022 through 2024. For fiscal years 2022 through
18    2024, the enrollment used in the calculation of ASE
19    representing the 2020-2021 school year shall be the
20    greater of the enrollment for the 2020-2021 school year or
21    the 2019-2020 school year.
22        "Base Funding Guarantee" is defined in paragraph (10)
23    of subsection (g) of this Section.
24        "Base Funding Minimum" is defined in subsection (e) of
25    this Section.
26        "Base Tax Year" means the property tax levy year used

 

 

HB5552- 77 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    to calculate the Budget Year allocation of primary State
2    aid.
3        "Base Tax Year's Extension" means the product of the
4    equalized assessed valuation utilized by the county clerk
5    in the Base Tax Year multiplied by the limiting rate as
6    calculated by the county clerk and defined in PTELL.
7        "Bilingual Education Allocation" means the amount of
8    an Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target
9    attributable to bilingual education divided by the
10    Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target, the product
11    of which shall be multiplied by the amount of new funding
12    received pursuant to this Section. An Organizational
13    Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable to bilingual
14    education shall include all additional investments in
15    English learner students' adequacy elements.
16        "Budget Year" means the school year for which primary
17    State aid is calculated and awarded under this Section.
18        "Central office" means individual administrators and
19    support service personnel charged with managing the
20    instructional programs, business and operations, and
21    security of the Organizational Unit.
22        "Comparable Wage Index" or "CWI" means a regional cost
23    differentiation metric that measures systemic, regional
24    variations in the salaries of college graduates who are
25    not educators. The CWI utilized for this Section shall,
26    for the first 3 years of Evidence-Based Funding

 

 

HB5552- 78 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    implementation, be the CWI initially developed by the
2    National Center for Education Statistics, as most recently
3    updated by Texas A & M University. For State Fiscal Year
4    2026 In the fourth and subsequent fiscal years of
5    Evidence-Based Funding implementation, the State
6    Superintendent shall re-determine the CWI using the
7    methodology identified in a comparable wage index study
8    developed by the University of Illinois, with adjustments
9    made no less frequently than once every 5 fiscal years.
10        "Computer technology and equipment" means computers
11    servers, notebooks, network equipment, copiers, printers,
12    instructional software, security software, curriculum
13    management courseware, and other similar materials and
14    equipment.
15        "Computer technology and equipment investment
16    allocation" means the final Adequacy Target amount of an
17    Organizational Unit assigned to Tier 1 or Tier 2 in the
18    prior school year attributable to the additional $285.50
19    per student computer technology and equipment investment
20    grant divided by the Organizational Unit's final Adequacy
21    Target, the result of which shall be multiplied by the
22    amount of new funding received pursuant to this Section.
23    An Organizational Unit assigned to a Tier 1 or Tier 2 final
24    Adequacy Target attributable to the received computer
25    technology and equipment investment grant shall include
26    all additional investments in computer technology and

 

 

HB5552- 79 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    equipment adequacy elements.
2        "Core subject" means mathematics; science; reading,
3    English, writing, and language arts; history and social
4    studies; world languages; and subjects taught as Advanced
5    Placement in high schools.
6        "Core teacher" means a regular classroom teacher in
7    elementary schools and teachers of a core subject in
8    middle and high schools.
9        "Core Intervention teacher (tutor)" means a licensed
10    teacher providing one-on-one or small group tutoring to
11    students struggling to meet proficiency in core subjects.
12        "CPPRT" means corporate personal property replacement
13    tax funds paid to an Organizational Unit during the
14    calendar year one year before the calendar year in which a
15    school year begins, pursuant to "An Act in relation to the
16    abolition of ad valorem personal property tax and the
17    replacement of revenues lost thereby, and amending and
18    repealing certain Acts and parts of Acts in connection
19    therewith", certified August 14, 1979, as amended (Public
20    Act 81-1st S.S.-1).
21        "EAV" means equalized assessed valuation as defined in
22    paragraph (2) of subsection (d) of this Section and
23    calculated in accordance with paragraph (3) of subsection
24    (d) of this Section.
25        "ECI" means the Bureau of Labor Statistics' national
26    employment cost index for civilian workers in educational

 

 

HB5552- 80 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    services in elementary and secondary schools on a
2    cumulative basis for the 12-month calendar year preceding
3    the fiscal year of the Evidence-Based Funding calculation.
4        "EIS Data" means the employment information system
5    data maintained by the State Board on educators within
6    Organizational Units.
7        "Employee benefits" means health, dental, and vision
8    insurance offered to employees of an Organizational Unit,
9    the costs associated with the statutorily required payment
10    of the normal cost of the Organizational Unit's teacher
11    pensions, Social Security employer contributions, and
12    Illinois Municipal Retirement Fund employer contributions.
13        "English learner" or "EL" means a child included in
14    the definition of "English learners" under Section 14C-2
15    of this Code participating in a program of transitional
16    bilingual education or a transitional program of
17    instruction meeting the requirements and program
18    application procedures of Article 14C of this Code. For
19    the purposes of collecting the number of EL students
20    enrolled, the same collection and calculation methodology
21    as defined above for "ASE" shall apply to English
22    learners, with the exception that EL student enrollment
23    shall include students in grades pre-kindergarten through
24    12.
25        "Essential Elements" means those elements, resources,
26    and educational programs that have been identified through

 

 

HB5552- 81 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    academic research as necessary to improve student success,
2    improve academic performance, close achievement gaps, and
3    provide for other per student costs related to the
4    delivery and leadership of the Organizational Unit, as
5    well as the maintenance and operations of the unit, and
6    which are specified in paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of
7    this Section.
8        "Evidence-Based Funding" means State funding provided
9    to an Organizational Unit pursuant to this Section.
10        "Extended day" means academic and enrichment programs
11    provided to students outside the regular school day before
12    and after school or during non-instructional times during
13    the school day.
14        "Extension Limitation Ratio" means a numerical ratio
15    in which the numerator is the Base Tax Year's Extension
16    and the denominator is the Preceding Tax Year's Extension.
17        "Final Percent of Adequacy" is defined in paragraph
18    (4) of subsection (f) of this Section.
19        "Final Resources" is defined in paragraph (3) of
20    subsection (f) of this Section.
21        "Full-time equivalent" or "FTE" means the full-time
22    equivalency compensation for staffing the relevant
23    position at an Organizational Unit.
24        "Funding Gap" is defined in paragraph (1) of
25    subsection (g).
26        "Hybrid District" means a partial elementary unit

 

 

HB5552- 82 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    district created pursuant to Article 11E of this Code.
2        "Instructional assistant" means a core or special
3    education, non-licensed employee who assists a teacher in
4    the classroom and provides academic support to students.
5        "Instructional facilitator" means a qualified teacher
6    or licensed teacher leader who facilitates and coaches
7    continuous improvement in classroom instruction; provides
8    instructional support to teachers in the elements of
9    research-based instruction or demonstrates the alignment
10    of instruction with curriculum standards and assessment
11    tools; develops or coordinates instructional programs or
12    strategies; develops and implements training; chooses
13    standards-based instructional materials; provides
14    teachers with an understanding of current research; serves
15    as a mentor, site coach, curriculum specialist, or lead
16    teacher; or otherwise works with fellow teachers, in
17    collaboration, to use data to improve instructional
18    practice or develop model lessons.
19        "Instructional materials" means relevant
20    instructional materials for student instruction,
21    including, but not limited to, textbooks, consumable
22    workbooks, laboratory equipment, library books, and other
23    similar materials.
24        "Laboratory School" means a public school that is
25    created and operated by a public university and approved
26    by the State Board.

 

 

HB5552- 83 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        "Librarian" means a teacher with an endorsement as a
2    library information specialist or another individual whose
3    primary responsibility is overseeing library resources
4    within an Organizational Unit.
5        "Limiting rate for Hybrid Districts" means the
6    combined elementary school and high school limiting rates.
7        "Local Capacity" is defined in paragraph (1) of
8    subsection (c) of this Section.
9        "Local Capacity Percentage" is defined in subparagraph
10    (A) of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this Section.
11        "Local Capacity Ratio" is defined in subparagraph (B)
12    of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this Section.
13        "Local Capacity Target" is defined in paragraph (2) of
14    subsection (c) of this Section.
15        "Low-Income Count" means, for an Organizational Unit
16    in a fiscal year, the higher of the average number of
17    students for the prior school year or the immediately
18    preceding 3 school years who, as of July 1 of the
19    immediately preceding fiscal year (as determined by the
20    Department of Human Services), are eligible for at least
21    one of the following low-income programs: Medicaid, the
22    Children's Health Insurance Program, Temporary Assistance
23    for Needy Families (TANF), or the Supplemental Nutrition
24    Assistance Program, excluding pupils who are eligible for
25    services provided by the Department of Children and Family
26    Services. Until such time that grade level low-income

 

 

HB5552- 84 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    populations become available, grade level low-income
2    populations shall be determined by applying the low-income
3    percentage to total student enrollments by grade level.
4    The low-income percentage is determined by dividing the
5    Low-Income Count by the Average Student Enrollment. The
6    low-income percentage for a regional office of education
7    or an intermediate service center operating one or more
8    alternative education programs must be set to the weighted
9    average of the low-income percentages of all of the school
10    districts in the service region. The weighted low-income
11    percentage is the result of multiplying the low-income
12    percentage of each school district served by the regional
13    office of education or intermediate service center by each
14    school district's Average Student Enrollment, summarizing
15    those products and dividing the total by the total Average
16    Student Enrollment for the service region.
17        "Maintenance and operations" means custodial services,
18    facility and ground maintenance, facility operations,
19    facility security, routine facility repairs, and other
20    similar services and functions.
21        "Minimum Funding Level" is defined in paragraph (9) of
22    subsection (g) of this Section.
23        "New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds" means, for any
24    given fiscal year, all State funds appropriated under
25    Section 2-3.170 of this Code.
26        "New State Funds" means, for a given school year, all

 

 

HB5552- 85 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    State funds appropriated for Evidence-Based Funding in
2    excess of the amount needed to fund the Base Funding
3    Minimum for all Organizational Units in that school year.
4        "Nurse" means an individual licensed as a certified
5    school nurse, in accordance with the rules established for
6    nursing services by the State Board, who is an employee of
7    and is available to provide health care-related services
8    for students of an Organizational Unit.
9        "Operating Tax Rate" means the rate utilized in the
10    previous year to extend property taxes for all purposes,
11    except Bond and Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital
12    Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes.
13    For Hybrid Districts, the Operating Tax Rate shall be the
14    combined elementary and high school rates utilized in the
15    previous year to extend property taxes for all purposes,
16    except Bond and Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital
17    Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes.
18        "Organizational Unit" means a Laboratory School or any
19    public school district that is recognized as such by the
20    State Board and that contains elementary schools typically
21    serving kindergarten through 5th grades, middle schools
22    typically serving 6th through 8th grades, high schools
23    typically serving 9th through 12th grades, a program
24    established under Section 2-3.66 or 2-3.41, or a program
25    operated by a regional office of education or an
26    intermediate service center under Article 13A or 13B. The

 

 

HB5552- 86 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    General Assembly acknowledges that the actual grade levels
2    served by a particular Organizational Unit may vary
3    slightly from what is typical.
4        "Organizational Unit CWI" is determined by calculating
5    the CWI in the region and original county in which an
6    Organizational Unit's primary administrative office is
7    located as set forth in this paragraph, provided that if
8    the Organizational Unit CWI as calculated in accordance
9    with this paragraph is less than 0.9, the Organizational
10    Unit CWI shall be increased to 0.9. Each county's current
11    CWI value shall be adjusted based on the CWI value of that
12    county's neighboring Illinois counties, to create a
13    "weighted adjusted index value". This shall be calculated
14    by summing the CWI values of all of a county's adjacent
15    Illinois counties and dividing by the number of adjacent
16    Illinois counties, then taking the weighted value of the
17    original county's CWI value and the adjacent Illinois
18    county average. To calculate this weighted value, if the
19    number of adjacent Illinois counties is greater than 2,
20    the original county's CWI value will be weighted at 0.25
21    and the adjacent Illinois county average will be weighted
22    at 0.75. If the number of adjacent Illinois counties is 2,
23    the original county's CWI value will be weighted at 0.33
24    and the adjacent Illinois county average will be weighted
25    at 0.66. The greater of the county's current CWI value and
26    its weighted adjusted index value shall be used as the

 

 

HB5552- 87 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    Organizational Unit CWI.
2        "Preceding Tax Year" means the property tax levy year
3    immediately preceding the Base Tax Year.
4        "Preceding Tax Year's Extension" means the product of
5    the equalized assessed valuation utilized by the county
6    clerk in the Preceding Tax Year multiplied by the
7    Operating Tax Rate.
8        "Preliminary Percent of Adequacy" is defined in
9    paragraph (2) of subsection (f) of this Section.
10        "Preliminary Resources" is defined in paragraph (2) of
11    subsection (f) of this Section.
12        "Principal" means a school administrator duly endorsed
13    to be employed as a principal in this State.
14        "Professional development" means training programs for
15    licensed staff in schools, including, but not limited to,
16    programs that assist in implementing new curriculum
17    programs, provide data focused or academic assessment data
18    training to help staff identify a student's weaknesses and
19    strengths, target interventions, improve instruction,
20    encompass instructional strategies for English learner,
21    gifted, or at-risk students, address inclusivity, cultural
22    sensitivity, or implicit bias, or otherwise provide
23    professional support for licensed staff.
24        "Prototypical" means 450 special education
25    pre-kindergarten and kindergarten through grade 5 students
26    for an elementary school, 450 grade 6 through 8 students

 

 

HB5552- 88 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    for a middle school, and 600 grade 9 through 12 students
2    for a high school.
3        "PTELL" means the Property Tax Extension Limitation
4    Law.
5        "PTELL EAV" is defined in paragraph (4) of subsection
6    (d) of this Section.
7        "Pupil support staff" means a nurse, psychologist,
8    social worker, family liaison personnel, or other staff
9    member who provides support to at-risk or struggling
10    students.
11        "Real Receipts" is defined in paragraph (1) of
12    subsection (d) of this Section.
13        "Regionalization Factor" means, for a particular
14    Organizational Unit, the figure derived by dividing the
15    Organizational Unit CWI by the Statewide Weighted CWI.
16        "School counselor" means a licensed school counselor
17    who provides guidance and counseling support for students
18    within an Organizational Unit.
19        "School site staff" means the primary school secretary
20    and any additional clerical personnel assigned to a
21    school.
22        "Special education" means special educational
23    facilities and services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of
24    this Code.
25        "Special Education Allocation" means the amount of an
26    Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable

 

 

HB5552- 89 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    to special education divided by the Organizational Unit's
2    final Adequacy Target, the product of which shall be
3    multiplied by the amount of new funding received pursuant
4    to this Section. An Organizational Unit's final Adequacy
5    Target attributable to special education shall include all
6    special education investment adequacy elements.
7        "Specialist teacher" means a teacher who provides
8    instruction in subject areas not included in core
9    subjects, including, but not limited to, art, music,
10    physical education, health, driver education,
11    career-technical education, and such other subject areas
12    as may be mandated by State law or provided by an
13    Organizational Unit.
14        "Specially Funded Unit" means an Alternative School,
15    safe school, Department of Juvenile Justice school,
16    special education cooperative or entity recognized by the
17    State Board as a special education cooperative,
18    State-approved charter school, or alternative learning
19    opportunities program that received direct funding from
20    the State Board during the 2016-2017 school year through
21    any of the funding sources included within the calculation
22    of the Base Funding Minimum or Glenwood Academy.
23        "Supplemental Grant Funding" means supplemental
24    general State aid funding received by an Organizational
25    Unit during the 2016-2017 school year pursuant to
26    subsection (H) of Section 18-8.05 of this Code (now

 

 

HB5552- 90 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    repealed).
2        "State Adequacy Level" is the sum of the Adequacy
3    Targets of all Organizational Units.
4        "State Board" means the State Board of Education.
5        "State Superintendent" means the State Superintendent
6    of Education.
7        "Statewide Weighted CWI" means a figure determined by
8    multiplying each Organizational Unit CWI times the ASE for
9    that Organizational Unit creating a weighted value,
10    summing all Organizational Units' weighted values, and
11    dividing by the total ASE of all Organizational Units,
12    thereby creating an average weighted index.
13        "Student activities" means non-credit producing
14    after-school programs, including, but not limited to,
15    clubs, bands, sports, and other activities authorized by
16    the school board of the Organizational Unit.
17        "Substitute teacher" means an individual teacher or
18    teaching assistant who is employed by an Organizational
19    Unit and is temporarily serving the Organizational Unit on
20    a per diem or per period-assignment basis to replace
21    another staff member.
22        "Summer school" means academic and enrichment programs
23    provided to students during the summer months outside of
24    the regular school year.
25        "Supervisory aide" means a non-licensed staff member
26    who helps in supervising students of an Organizational

 

 

HB5552- 91 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    Unit, but does so outside of the classroom, in situations
2    such as, but not limited to, monitoring hallways and
3    playgrounds, supervising lunchrooms, or supervising
4    students when being transported in buses serving the
5    Organizational Unit.
6        "Target Ratio" is defined in paragraph (4) of
7    subsection (g).
8        "Tier 1", "Tier 2", "Tier 3", and "Tier 4" are defined
9    in paragraph (3) of subsection (g).
10        "Tier 1 Aggregate Funding", "Tier 2 Aggregate
11    Funding", "Tier 3 Aggregate Funding", and "Tier 4
12    Aggregate Funding" are defined in paragraph (1) of
13    subsection (g).
14    (b) Adequacy Target calculation.
15        (1) Each Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target is the
16    sum of the Organizational Unit's cost of providing
17    Essential Elements, as calculated in accordance with this
18    subsection (b), with the salary amounts in the Essential
19    Elements multiplied by a Regionalization Factor calculated
20    pursuant to paragraph (3) of this subsection (b).
21        (2) The Essential Elements are attributable on a pro
22    rata basis related to defined subgroups of the ASE of each
23    Organizational Unit as specified in this paragraph (2),
24    with investments and FTE positions pro rata funded based
25    on ASE counts in excess of or less than the thresholds set
26    forth in this paragraph (2). The method for calculating

 

 

HB5552- 92 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    attributable pro rata costs and the defined subgroups
2    thereto are as follows:
3            (A) Core class size investments. Each
4        Organizational Unit shall receive the funding required
5        to support that number of FTE core teacher positions
6        as is needed to keep the respective class sizes of the
7        Organizational Unit to the following maximum numbers:
8                (i) For grades kindergarten through 3, the
9            Organizational Unit shall receive funding required
10            to support one FTE core teacher position for every
11            15 Low-Income Count students in those grades and
12            one FTE core teacher position for every 20
13            non-Low-Income Count students in those grades.
14                (ii) For grades 4 through 12, the
15            Organizational Unit shall receive funding required
16            to support one FTE core teacher position for every
17            20 Low-Income Count students in those grades and
18            one FTE core teacher position for every 25
19            non-Low-Income Count students in those grades.
20            The number of non-Low-Income Count students in a
21        grade shall be determined by subtracting the
22        Low-Income students in that grade from the ASE of the
23        Organizational Unit for that grade.
24            (B) Specialist teacher investments. Each
25        Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed
26        to cover that number of FTE specialist teacher

 

 

HB5552- 93 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        positions that correspond to the following
2        percentages:
3                (i) if the Organizational Unit operates an
4            elementary or middle school, then 20.00% of the
5            number of the Organizational Unit's core teachers,
6            as determined under subparagraph (A) of this
7            paragraph (2); and
8                (ii) if such Organizational Unit operates a
9            high school, then 33.33% of the number of the
10            Organizational Unit's core teachers.
11            (C) Instructional facilitator investments. Each
12        Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed
13        to cover one FTE instructional facilitator position
14        for every 200 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten
15        children with disabilities and all kindergarten
16        through grade 12 students of the Organizational Unit.
17            (D) Core intervention teacher (tutor) investments.
18        Each Organizational Unit shall receive the funding
19        needed to cover one FTE teacher position for each
20        prototypical elementary, middle, and high school.
21            (E) Substitute teacher investments. Each
22        Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed
23        to cover substitute teacher costs that is equal to
24        5.70% of the minimum pupil attendance days required
25        under Section 10-19 of this Code for all full-time
26        equivalent core, specialist, and intervention

 

 

HB5552- 94 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        teachers, school nurses, special education teachers
2        and instructional assistants, instructional
3        facilitators, and summer school and extended day
4        teacher positions, as determined under this paragraph
5        (2), at a salary rate of 33.33% of the average salary
6        for grade K through 12 teachers and 33.33% of the
7        average salary of each instructional assistant
8        position.
9            (F) Core school counselor investments. Each
10        Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed
11        to cover one FTE school counselor for each 450
12        combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
13        disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 5
14        students, plus one FTE school counselor for each 250
15        grades 6 through 8 ASE middle school students, plus
16        one FTE school counselor for each 250 grades 9 through
17        12 ASE high school students.
18            (G) Nurse investments. Each Organizational Unit
19        shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE
20        nurse for each 750 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten
21        children with disabilities and all kindergarten
22        through grade 12 students across all grade levels it
23        serves.
24            (H) Supervisory aide investments. Each
25        Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed
26        to cover one FTE for each 225 combined ASE of

 

 

HB5552- 95 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all
2        kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE
3        for each 225 ASE middle school students, plus one FTE
4        for each 200 ASE high school students.
5            (I) Librarian investments. Each Organizational
6        Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE
7        librarian for each prototypical elementary school,
8        middle school, and high school and one FTE aide or
9        media technician for every 300 combined ASE of
10        pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all
11        kindergarten through grade 12 students.
12            (J) Principal investments. Each Organizational
13        Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE
14        principal position for each prototypical elementary
15        school, plus one FTE principal position for each
16        prototypical middle school, plus one FTE principal
17        position for each prototypical high school.
18            (K) Assistant principal investments. Each
19        Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed
20        to cover one FTE assistant principal position for each
21        prototypical elementary school, plus one FTE assistant
22        principal position for each prototypical middle
23        school, plus one FTE assistant principal position for
24        each prototypical high school.
25            (L) School site staff investments. Each
26        Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed

 

 

HB5552- 96 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        for one FTE position for each 225 ASE of
2        pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all
3        kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE
4        position for each 225 ASE middle school students, plus
5        one FTE position for each 200 ASE high school
6        students.
7            (M) Gifted investments. Each Organizational Unit
8        shall receive $40 per kindergarten through grade 12
9        ASE.
10            (N) Professional development investments. Each
11        Organizational Unit shall receive $125 per student of
12        the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
13        disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
14        students for trainers and other professional
15        development-related expenses for supplies and
16        materials.
17            (O) Instructional material investments. Each
18        Organizational Unit shall receive $190 per student of
19        the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
20        disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
21        students to cover instructional material costs.
22            (P) Assessment investments. Each Organizational
23        Unit shall receive $25 per student of the combined ASE
24        of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all
25        kindergarten through grade 12 students to cover
26        assessment costs.

 

 

HB5552- 97 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1            (Q) Computer technology and equipment investments.
2        Each Organizational Unit shall receive $285.50 per
3        student of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten
4        children with disabilities and all kindergarten
5        through grade 12 students to cover computer technology
6        and equipment costs. For the 2018-2019 school year and
7        subsequent school years, Organizational Units assigned
8        to Tier 1 and Tier 2 in the prior school year shall
9        receive an additional $285.50 per student of the
10        combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
11        disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
12        students to cover computer technology and equipment
13        costs in the Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target.
14        The State Board may establish additional requirements
15        for Organizational Unit expenditures of funds received
16        pursuant to this subparagraph (Q), including a
17        requirement that funds received pursuant to this
18        subparagraph (Q) may be used only for serving the
19        technology needs of the district. It is the intent of
20        Public Act 100-465 that all Tier 1 and Tier 2 districts
21        receive the addition to their Adequacy Target in the
22        following year, subject to compliance with the
23        requirements of the State Board.
24            (R) Student activities investments. Each
25        Organizational Unit shall receive the following
26        funding amounts to cover student activities: $100 per

 

 

HB5552- 98 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        kindergarten through grade 5 ASE student in elementary
2        school, plus $200 per ASE student in middle school,
3        plus $675 per ASE student in high school.
4            (S) Maintenance and operations investments. Each
5        Organizational Unit shall receive $1,038 per student
6        of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
7        disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
8        students for day-to-day maintenance and operations
9        expenditures, including salary, supplies, and
10        materials, as well as purchased services, but
11        excluding employee benefits. The proportion of salary
12        for the application of a Regionalization Factor and
13        the calculation of benefits is equal to $352.92.
14            (T) Central office investments. Each
15        Organizational Unit shall receive $742 per student of
16        the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
17        disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
18        students to cover central office operations, including
19        administrators and classified personnel charged with
20        managing the instructional programs, business and
21        operations of the school district, and security
22        personnel. The proportion of salary for the
23        application of a Regionalization Factor and the
24        calculation of benefits is equal to $368.48.
25            (U) Employee benefit investments. Each
26        Organizational Unit shall receive 30% of the total of

 

 

HB5552- 99 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        all salary-calculated elements of the Adequacy Target,
2        excluding substitute teachers and student activities
3        investments, to cover benefit costs. For central
4        office and maintenance and operations investments, the
5        benefit calculation shall be based upon the salary
6        proportion of each investment. If at any time the
7        responsibility for funding the employer normal cost of
8        teacher pensions is assigned to school districts, then
9        that amount certified by the Teachers' Retirement
10        System of the State of Illinois to be paid by the
11        Organizational Unit for the preceding school year
12        shall be added to the benefit investment. For any
13        fiscal year in which a school district organized under
14        Article 34 of this Code is responsible for paying the
15        employer normal cost of teacher pensions, then that
16        amount of its employer normal cost plus the amount for
17        retiree health insurance as certified by the Public
18        School Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of
19        Chicago to be paid by the school district for the
20        preceding school year that is statutorily required to
21        cover employer normal costs and the amount for retiree
22        health insurance shall be added to the 30% specified
23        in this subparagraph (U). The Teachers' Retirement
24        System of the State of Illinois and the Public School
25        Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of Chicago shall
26        submit such information as the State Superintendent

 

 

HB5552- 100 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        may require for the calculations set forth in this
2        subparagraph (U).
3            (V) Additional investments in low-income students.
4        In addition to and not in lieu of all other funding
5        under this paragraph (2), each Organizational Unit
6        shall receive funding based on the average teacher
7        salary for grades K through 12 to cover the costs of:
8                (i) one FTE intervention teacher (tutor)
9            position for every 125 Low-Income Count students;
10                (ii) one FTE pupil support staff position for
11            every 125 Low-Income Count students;
12                (iii) one FTE extended day teacher position
13            for every 120 Low-Income Count students; and
14                (iv) one FTE summer school teacher position
15            for every 120 Low-Income Count students.
16            (W) Additional investments in English learner
17        students. In addition to and not in lieu of all other
18        funding under this paragraph (2), each Organizational
19        Unit shall receive funding based on the average
20        teacher salary for grades K through 12 to cover the
21        costs of:
22                (i) one FTE intervention teacher (tutor)
23            position for every 125 English learner students;
24                (ii) one FTE pupil support staff position for
25            every 125 English learner students;
26                (iii) one FTE extended day teacher position

 

 

HB5552- 101 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1            for every 120 English learner students;
2                (iv) one FTE summer school teacher position
3            for every 120 English learner students; and
4                (v) one FTE core teacher position for every
5            100 English learner students.
6            (X) Special education investments. Each
7        Organizational Unit shall receive funding based on the
8        average teacher salary for grades K through 12 to
9        cover special education as follows:
10                (i) one FTE teacher position for every 141
11            combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
12            disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
13            students;
14                (ii) one FTE instructional assistant for every
15            141 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
16            disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
17            students; and
18                (iii) one FTE psychologist position for every
19            1,000 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children
20            with disabilities and all kindergarten through
21            grade 12 students.
22        (3) For calculating the salaries included within the
23    Essential Elements, the State Superintendent shall
24    annually calculate average salaries to the nearest dollar
25    using the employment information system data maintained by
26    the State Board, limited to public schools only and

 

 

HB5552- 102 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    excluding special education and vocational cooperatives,
2    schools operated by the Department of Juvenile Justice,
3    and charter schools, for the following positions:
4            (A) Teacher for grades K through 8.
5            (B) Teacher for grades 9 through 12.
6            (C) Teacher for grades K through 12.
7            (D) School counselor for grades K through 8.
8            (E) School counselor for grades 9 through 12.
9            (F) School counselor for grades K through 12.
10            (G) Social worker.
11            (H) Psychologist.
12            (I) Librarian.
13            (J) Nurse.
14            (K) Principal.
15            (L) Assistant principal.
16        For the purposes of this paragraph (3), "teacher"
17    includes core teachers, specialist and elective teachers,
18    instructional facilitators, tutors, special education
19    teachers, pupil support staff teachers, English learner
20    teachers, extended day teachers, and summer school
21    teachers. Where specific grade data is not required for
22    the Essential Elements, the average salary for
23    corresponding positions shall apply. For substitute
24    teachers, the average teacher salary for grades K through
25    12 shall apply.
26        For calculating the salaries included within the

 

 

HB5552- 103 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    Essential Elements for positions not included within EIS
2    Data, the following salaries shall be used in the first
3    year of implementation of Evidence-Based Funding:
4            (i) school site staff, $30,000; and
5            (ii) non-instructional assistant, instructional
6        assistant, library aide, library media tech, or
7        supervisory aide: $25,000.
8        In the second and subsequent years of implementation
9    of Evidence-Based Funding, the amounts in items (i) and
10    (ii) of this paragraph (3) shall annually increase by the
11    ECI.
12        The salary amounts for the Essential Elements
13    determined pursuant to subparagraphs (A) through (L), (S)
14    and (T), and (V) through (X) of paragraph (2) of
15    subsection (b) of this Section shall be multiplied by a
16    Regionalization Factor.
17    (c) Local Capacity calculation.
18        (1) Each Organizational Unit's Local Capacity
19    represents an amount of funding it is assumed to
20    contribute toward its Adequacy Target for purposes of the
21    Evidence-Based Funding formula calculation. "Local
22    Capacity" means either (i) the Organizational Unit's Local
23    Capacity Target as calculated in accordance with paragraph
24    (2) of this subsection (c) if its Real Receipts are equal
25    to or less than its Local Capacity Target or (ii) the
26    Organizational Unit's Adjusted Local Capacity, as

 

 

HB5552- 104 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    calculated in accordance with paragraph (3) of this
2    subsection (c) if Real Receipts are more than its Local
3    Capacity Target.
4        (2) "Local Capacity Target" means, for an
5    Organizational Unit, that dollar amount that is obtained
6    by multiplying its Adequacy Target by its Local Capacity
7    Ratio.
8            (A) An Organizational Unit's Local Capacity
9        Percentage is the conversion of the Organizational
10        Unit's Local Capacity Ratio, as such ratio is
11        determined in accordance with subparagraph (B) of this
12        paragraph (2), into a cumulative distribution
13        resulting in a percentile ranking to determine each
14        Organizational Unit's relative position to all other
15        Organizational Units in this State. The calculation of
16        Local Capacity Percentage is described in subparagraph
17        (C) of this paragraph (2).
18            (B) An Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio
19        in a given year is the percentage obtained by dividing
20        its Adjusted EAV or PTELL EAV, whichever is less, by
21        its Adequacy Target, with the resulting ratio further
22        adjusted as follows:
23                (i) for Organizational Units serving grades
24            kindergarten through 12 and Hybrid Districts, no
25            further adjustments shall be made;
26                (ii) for Organizational Units serving grades

 

 

HB5552- 105 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1            kindergarten through 8, the ratio shall be
2            multiplied by 9/13;
3                (iii) for Organizational Units serving grades
4            9 through 12, the Local Capacity Ratio shall be
5            multiplied by 4/13; and
6                (iv) for an Organizational Unit with a
7            different grade configuration than those specified
8            in items (i) through (iii) of this subparagraph
9            (B), the State Superintendent shall determine a
10            comparable adjustment based on the grades served.
11            (C) The Local Capacity Percentage is equal to the
12        percentile ranking of the district. Local Capacity
13        Percentage converts each Organizational Unit's Local
14        Capacity Ratio to a cumulative distribution resulting
15        in a percentile ranking to determine each
16        Organizational Unit's relative position to all other
17        Organizational Units in this State. The Local Capacity
18        Percentage cumulative distribution resulting in a
19        percentile ranking for each Organizational Unit shall
20        be calculated using the standard normal distribution
21        of the score in relation to the weighted mean and
22        weighted standard deviation and Local Capacity Ratios
23        of all Organizational Units. If the value assigned to
24        any Organizational Unit is in excess of 90%, the value
25        shall be adjusted to 90%. For Laboratory Schools, the
26        Local Capacity Percentage shall be set at 10% in

 

 

HB5552- 106 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        recognition of the absence of EAV and resources from
2        the public university that are allocated to the
3        Laboratory School. For a regional office of education
4        or an intermediate service center operating one or
5        more alternative education programs, the Local
6        Capacity Percentage must be set at 10% in recognition
7        of the absence of EAV and resources from school
8        districts that are allocated to the regional office of
9        education or intermediate service center. The weighted
10        mean for the Local Capacity Percentage shall be
11        determined by multiplying each Organizational Unit's
12        Local Capacity Ratio times the ASE for the unit
13        creating a weighted value, summing the weighted values
14        of all Organizational Units, and dividing by the total
15        ASE of all Organizational Units. The weighted standard
16        deviation shall be determined by taking the square
17        root of the weighted variance of all Organizational
18        Units' Local Capacity Ratio, where the variance is
19        calculated by squaring the difference between each
20        unit's Local Capacity Ratio and the weighted mean,
21        then multiplying the variance for each unit times the
22        ASE for the unit to create a weighted variance for each
23        unit, then summing all units' weighted variance and
24        dividing by the total ASE of all units.
25            (D) For any Organizational Unit, the
26        Organizational Unit's Adjusted Local Capacity Target

 

 

HB5552- 107 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        shall be reduced by either (i) the school board's
2        remaining contribution pursuant to paragraph (ii) of
3        subsection (b-4) of Section 16-158 of the Illinois
4        Pension Code in a given year or (ii) the board of
5        education's remaining contribution pursuant to
6        paragraph (iv) of subsection (b) of Section 17-129 of
7        the Illinois Pension Code absent the employer normal
8        cost portion of the required contribution and amount
9        allowed pursuant to subdivision (3) of Section
10        17-142.1 of the Illinois Pension Code in a given year.
11        In the preceding sentence, item (i) shall be certified
12        to the State Board of Education by the Teachers'
13        Retirement System of the State of Illinois and item
14        (ii) shall be certified to the State Board of
15        Education by the Public School Teachers' Pension and
16        Retirement Fund of the City of Chicago.
17        (3) If an Organizational Unit's Real Receipts are more
18    than its Local Capacity Target, then its Local Capacity
19    shall equal an Adjusted Local Capacity Target as
20    calculated in accordance with this paragraph (3). The
21    Adjusted Local Capacity Target is calculated as the sum of
22    the Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target and its
23    Real Receipts Adjustment. The Real Receipts Adjustment
24    equals the Organizational Unit's Real Receipts less its
25    Local Capacity Target, with the resulting figure
26    multiplied by the Local Capacity Percentage.

 

 

HB5552- 108 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        As used in this paragraph (3), "Real Percent of
2    Adequacy" means the sum of an Organizational Unit's Real
3    Receipts, CPPRT, and Base Funding Minimum, with the
4    resulting figure divided by the Organizational Unit's
5    Adequacy Target.
6    (d) Calculation of Real Receipts, EAV, and Adjusted EAV
7for purposes of the Local Capacity calculation.
8        (1) An Organizational Unit's Real Receipts are the
9    product of its Applicable Tax Rate and its Adjusted EAV.
10    An Organizational Unit's Applicable Tax Rate is its
11    Adjusted Operating Tax Rate for property within the
12    Organizational Unit.
13        (2) The State Superintendent shall calculate the
14    equalized assessed valuation, or EAV, of all taxable
15    property of each Organizational Unit as of September 30 of
16    the previous year in accordance with paragraph (3) of this
17    subsection (d). The State Superintendent shall then
18    determine the Adjusted EAV of each Organizational Unit in
19    accordance with paragraph (4) of this subsection (d),
20    which Adjusted EAV figure shall be used for the purposes
21    of calculating Local Capacity.
22        (3) To calculate Real Receipts and EAV, the Department
23    of Revenue shall supply to the State Superintendent the
24    value as equalized or assessed by the Department of
25    Revenue of all taxable property of every Organizational
26    Unit, together with (i) the applicable tax rate used in

 

 

HB5552- 109 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    extending taxes for the funds of the Organizational Unit
2    as of September 30 of the previous year and (ii) the
3    limiting rate for all Organizational Units subject to
4    property tax extension limitations as imposed under PTELL.
5            (A) The Department of Revenue shall add to the
6        equalized assessed value of all taxable property of
7        each Organizational Unit situated entirely or
8        partially within a county that is or was subject to the
9        provisions of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property
10        Tax Code (i) an amount equal to the total amount by
11        which the homestead exemption allowed under Section
12        15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code for real
13        property situated in that Organizational Unit exceeds
14        the total amount that would have been allowed in that
15        Organizational Unit if the maximum reduction under
16        Section 15-176 was (I) $4,500 in Cook County or $3,500
17        in all other counties in tax year 2003 or (II) $5,000
18        in all counties in tax year 2004 and thereafter and
19        (ii) an amount equal to the aggregate amount for the
20        taxable year of all additional exemptions under
21        Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners
22        with a household income of $30,000 or less. The county
23        clerk of any county that is or was subject to the
24        provisions of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property
25        Tax Code shall annually calculate and certify to the
26        Department of Revenue for each Organizational Unit all

 

 

HB5552- 110 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        homestead exemption amounts under Section 15-176 or
2        15-177 of the Property Tax Code and all amounts of
3        additional exemptions under Section 15-175 of the
4        Property Tax Code for owners with a household income
5        of $30,000 or less. It is the intent of this
6        subparagraph (A) that if the general homestead
7        exemption for a parcel of property is determined under
8        Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code
9        rather than Section 15-175, then the calculation of
10        EAV shall not be affected by the difference, if any,
11        between the amount of the general homestead exemption
12        allowed for that parcel of property under Section
13        15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code and the
14        amount that would have been allowed had the general
15        homestead exemption for that parcel of property been
16        determined under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax
17        Code. It is further the intent of this subparagraph
18        (A) that if additional exemptions are allowed under
19        Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners
20        with a household income of less than $30,000, then the
21        calculation of EAV shall not be affected by the
22        difference, if any, because of those additional
23        exemptions.
24            (B) With respect to any part of an Organizational
25        Unit within a redevelopment project area in respect to
26        which a municipality has adopted tax increment

 

 

HB5552- 111 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        allocation financing pursuant to the Tax Increment
2        Allocation Redevelopment Act, Division 74.4 of Article
3        11 of the Illinois Municipal Code, or the Industrial
4        Jobs Recovery Law, Division 74.6 of Article 11 of the
5        Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the current EAV of
6        real property located in any such project area that is
7        attributable to an increase above the total initial
8        EAV of such property shall be used as part of the EAV
9        of the Organizational Unit, until such time as all
10        redevelopment project costs have been paid, as
11        provided in Section 11-74.4-8 of the Tax Increment
12        Allocation Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35
13        of the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law. For the purpose
14        of the EAV of the Organizational Unit, the total
15        initial EAV or the current EAV, whichever is lower,
16        shall be used until such time as all redevelopment
17        project costs have been paid.
18            (B-5) The real property equalized assessed
19        valuation for a school district shall be adjusted by
20        subtracting from the real property value, as equalized
21        or assessed by the Department of Revenue, for the
22        district an amount computed by dividing the amount of
23        any abatement of taxes under Section 18-170 of the
24        Property Tax Code by 3.00% for a district maintaining
25        grades kindergarten through 12, by 2.30% for a
26        district maintaining grades kindergarten through 8, or

 

 

HB5552- 112 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        by 1.05% for a district maintaining grades 9 through
2        12 and adjusted by an amount computed by dividing the
3        amount of any abatement of taxes under subsection (a)
4        of Section 18-165 of the Property Tax Code by the same
5        percentage rates for district type as specified in
6        this subparagraph (B-5).
7            (C) For Organizational Units that are Hybrid
8        Districts, the State Superintendent shall use the
9        lesser of the adjusted equalized assessed valuation
10        for property within the partial elementary unit
11        district for elementary purposes, as defined in
12        Article 11E of this Code, or the adjusted equalized
13        assessed valuation for property within the partial
14        elementary unit district for high school purposes, as
15        defined in Article 11E of this Code.
16            (D) If a school district's boundaries span
17        multiple counties, then the Department of Revenue
18        shall send to the State Board, for the purposes of
19        calculating Evidence-Based Funding, the limiting rate
20        and individual rates by purpose for the county that
21        contains the majority of the school district's
22        equalized assessed valuation.
23        (4) An Organizational Unit's Adjusted EAV shall be the
24    average of its EAV over the immediately preceding 3 years
25    or the lesser of its EAV in the immediately preceding year
26    or the average of its EAV over the immediately preceding 3

 

 

HB5552- 113 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    years if the EAV in the immediately preceding year has
2    declined by 10% or more when comparing the 2 most recent
3    years. In the event of Organizational Unit reorganization,
4    consolidation, or annexation, the Organizational Unit's
5    Adjusted EAV for the first 3 years after such change shall
6    be as follows: the most current EAV shall be used in the
7    first year, the average of a 2-year EAV or its EAV in the
8    immediately preceding year if the EAV declines by 10% or
9    more when comparing the 2 most recent years for the second
10    year, and the lesser of a 3-year average EAV or its EAV in
11    the immediately preceding year if the Adjusted EAV
12    declines by 10% or more when comparing the 2 most recent
13    years for the third year. For any school district whose
14    EAV in the immediately preceding year is used in
15    calculations, in the following year, the Adjusted EAV
16    shall be the average of its EAV over the immediately
17    preceding 2 years or the immediately preceding year if
18    that year represents a decline of 10% or more when
19    comparing the 2 most recent years.
20        "PTELL EAV" means a figure calculated by the State
21    Board for Organizational Units subject to PTELL as
22    described in this paragraph (4) for the purposes of
23    calculating an Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio.
24    Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (4), the
25    PTELL EAV of an Organizational Unit shall be equal to the
26    product of the equalized assessed valuation last used in

 

 

HB5552- 114 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    the calculation of general State aid under Section 18-8.05
2    of this Code (now repealed) or Evidence-Based Funding
3    under this Section and the Organizational Unit's Extension
4    Limitation Ratio. If an Organizational Unit has approved
5    or does approve an increase in its limiting rate, pursuant
6    to Section 18-190 of the Property Tax Code, affecting the
7    Base Tax Year, the PTELL EAV shall be equal to the product
8    of the equalized assessed valuation last used in the
9    calculation of general State aid under Section 18-8.05 of
10    this Code (now repealed) or Evidence-Based Funding under
11    this Section multiplied by an amount equal to one plus the
12    percentage increase, if any, in the Consumer Price Index
13    for All Urban Consumers for all items published by the
14    United States Department of Labor for the 12-month
15    calendar year preceding the Base Tax Year, plus the
16    equalized assessed valuation of new property, annexed
17    property, and recovered tax increment value and minus the
18    equalized assessed valuation of disconnected property.
19        As used in this paragraph (4), "new property" and
20    "recovered tax increment value" shall have the meanings
21    set forth in the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law.
22    (e) Base Funding Minimum calculation.
23        (1) For the 2017-2018 school year, the Base Funding
24    Minimum of an Organizational Unit or a Specially Funded
25    Unit shall be the amount of State funds distributed to the
26    Organizational Unit or Specially Funded Unit during the

 

 

HB5552- 115 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    2016-2017 school year prior to any adjustments and
2    specified appropriation amounts described in this
3    paragraph (1) from the following Sections, as calculated
4    by the State Superintendent: Section 18-8.05 of this Code
5    (now repealed); Section 5 of Article 224 of Public Act
6    99-524 (equity grants); Section 14-7.02b of this Code
7    (funding for children requiring special education
8    services); Section 14-13.01 of this Code (special
9    education facilities and staffing), except for
10    reimbursement of the cost of transportation pursuant to
11    Section 14-13.01; Section 14C-12 of this Code (English
12    learners); and Section 18-4.3 of this Code (summer
13    school), based on an appropriation level of $13,121,600.
14    For a school district organized under Article 34 of this
15    Code, the Base Funding Minimum also includes (i) the funds
16    allocated to the school district pursuant to Section 1D-1
17    of this Code attributable to funding programs authorized
18    by the Sections of this Code listed in the preceding
19    sentence and (ii) the difference between (I) the funds
20    allocated to the school district pursuant to Section 1D-1
21    of this Code attributable to the funding programs
22    authorized by Section 14-7.02 (non-public special
23    education reimbursement), subsection (b) of Section
24    14-13.01 (special education transportation), Section 29-5
25    (transportation), Section 2-3.80 (agricultural
26    education), Section 2-3.66 (truants' alternative

 

 

HB5552- 116 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    education), Section 2-3.62 (educational service centers),
2    and Section 14-7.03 (special education - orphanage) of
3    this Code and Section 15 of the Childhood Hunger Relief
4    Act (free breakfast program) and (II) the school
5    district's actual expenditures for its non-public special
6    education, special education transportation,
7    transportation programs, agricultural education, truants'
8    alternative education, services that would otherwise be
9    performed by a regional office of education, special
10    education orphanage expenditures, and free breakfast, as
11    most recently calculated and reported pursuant to
12    subsection (f) of Section 1D-1 of this Code. The Base
13    Funding Minimum for Glenwood Academy shall be $952,014.
14    For programs operated by a regional office of education or
15    an intermediate service center, the Base Funding Minimum
16    must be the total amount of State funds allocated to those
17    programs in the 2018-2019 school year and amounts provided
18    pursuant to Article 34 of Public Act 100-586 and Section
19    3-16 of this Code. All programs established after June 5,
20    2019 (the effective date of Public Act 101-10) and
21    administered by a regional office of education or an
22    intermediate service center must have an initial Base
23    Funding Minimum set to an amount equal to the first-year
24    ASE multiplied by the amount of per pupil funding received
25    in the previous school year by the lowest funded similar
26    existing program type. If the enrollment for a program

 

 

HB5552- 117 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    operated by a regional office of education or an
2    intermediate service center is zero, then it may not
3    receive Base Funding Minimum funds for that program in the
4    next fiscal year, and those funds must be distributed to
5    Organizational Units under subsection (g).
6        (2) For the 2018-2019 and subsequent school years, the
7    Base Funding Minimum of Organizational Units and Specially
8    Funded Units shall be the sum of (i) the amount of
9    Evidence-Based Funding for the prior school year, (ii) the
10    Base Funding Minimum for the prior school year, and (iii)
11    any amount received by a school district pursuant to
12    Section 7 of Article 97 of Public Act 100-21.
13        For the 2022-2023 school year, the Base Funding
14    Minimum of Organizational Units shall be the amounts
15    recalculated by the State Board of Education for Fiscal
16    Year 2019 through Fiscal Year 2022 that were necessary due
17    to average student enrollment errors for districts
18    organized under Article 34 of this Code, plus the Fiscal
19    Year 2022 property tax relief grants provided under
20    Section 2-3.170 of this Code, ensuring each Organizational
21    Unit has the correct amount of resources for Fiscal Year
22    2023 Evidence-Based Funding calculations and that Fiscal
23    Year 2023 Evidence-Based Funding Distributions are made in
24    accordance with this Section.
25        (3) Subject to approval by the General Assembly as
26    provided in this paragraph (3), an Organizational Unit

 

 

HB5552- 118 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    that meets all of the following criteria, as determined by
2    the State Board, shall have District Intervention Money
3    added to its Base Funding Minimum at the time the Base
4    Funding Minimum is calculated by the State Board:
5            (A) The Organizational Unit is operating under an
6        Independent Authority under Section 2-3.25f-5 of this
7        Code for a minimum of 4 school years or is subject to
8        the control of the State Board pursuant to a court
9        order for a minimum of 4 school years.
10            (B) The Organizational Unit was designated as a
11        Tier 1 or Tier 2 Organizational Unit in the previous
12        school year under paragraph (3) of subsection (g) of
13        this Section.
14            (C) The Organizational Unit demonstrates
15        sustainability through a 5-year financial and
16        strategic plan.
17            (D) The Organizational Unit has made sufficient
18        progress and achieved sufficient stability in the
19        areas of governance, academic growth, and finances.
20        As part of its determination under this paragraph (3),
21    the State Board may consider the Organizational Unit's
22    summative designation, any accreditations of the
23    Organizational Unit, or the Organizational Unit's
24    financial profile, as calculated by the State Board.
25        If the State Board determines that an Organizational
26    Unit has met the criteria set forth in this paragraph (3),

 

 

HB5552- 119 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    it must submit a report to the General Assembly, no later
2    than January 2 of the fiscal year in which the State Board
3    makes it determination, on the amount of District
4    Intervention Money to add to the Organizational Unit's
5    Base Funding Minimum. The General Assembly must review the
6    State Board's report and may approve or disapprove, by
7    joint resolution, the addition of District Intervention
8    Money. If the General Assembly fails to act on the report
9    within 40 calendar days from the receipt of the report,
10    the addition of District Intervention Money is deemed
11    approved. If the General Assembly approves the amount of
12    District Intervention Money to be added to the
13    Organizational Unit's Base Funding Minimum, the District
14    Intervention Money must be added to the Base Funding
15    Minimum annually thereafter.
16        For the first 4 years following the initial year that
17    the State Board determines that an Organizational Unit has
18    met the criteria set forth in this paragraph (3) and has
19    received funding under this Section, the Organizational
20    Unit must annually submit to the State Board, on or before
21    November 30, a progress report regarding its financial and
22    strategic plan under subparagraph (C) of this paragraph
23    (3). The plan shall include the financial data from the
24    past 4 annual financial reports or financial audits that
25    must be presented to the State Board by November 15 of each
26    year and the approved budget financial data for the

 

 

HB5552- 120 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    current year. The plan shall be developed according to the
2    guidelines presented to the Organizational Unit by the
3    State Board. The plan shall further include financial
4    projections for the next 3 fiscal years and include a
5    discussion and financial summary of the Organizational
6    Unit's facility needs. If the Organizational Unit does not
7    demonstrate sufficient progress toward its 5-year plan or
8    if it has failed to file an annual financial report, an
9    annual budget, a financial plan, a deficit reduction plan,
10    or other financial information as required by law, the
11    State Board may establish a Financial Oversight Panel
12    under Article 1H of this Code. However, if the
13    Organizational Unit already has a Financial Oversight
14    Panel, the State Board may extend the duration of the
15    Panel.
16    (f) Percent of Adequacy and Final Resources calculation.
17        (1) The Evidence-Based Funding formula establishes a
18    Percent of Adequacy for each Organizational Unit in order
19    to place such units into tiers for the purposes of the
20    funding distribution system described in subsection (g) of
21    this Section. Initially, an Organizational Unit's
22    Preliminary Resources and Preliminary Percent of Adequacy
23    are calculated pursuant to paragraph (2) of this
24    subsection (f). Then, an Organizational Unit's Final
25    Resources and Final Percent of Adequacy are calculated to
26    account for the Organizational Unit's poverty

 

 

HB5552- 121 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    concentration levels pursuant to paragraphs (3) and (4) of
2    this subsection (f).
3        (2) An Organizational Unit's Preliminary Resources are
4    equal to the sum of its Local Capacity Target, CPPRT, and
5    Base Funding Minimum. An Organizational Unit's Preliminary
6    Percent of Adequacy is the lesser of (i) its Preliminary
7    Resources divided by its Adequacy Target or (ii) 100%.
8        (3) Except for Specially Funded Units, an
9    Organizational Unit's Final Resources are equal to the sum
10    of its Local Capacity, CPPRT, and Adjusted Base Funding
11    Minimum. The Base Funding Minimum of each Specially Funded
12    Unit shall serve as its Final Resources, except that the
13    Base Funding Minimum for State-approved charter schools
14    shall not include any portion of general State aid
15    allocated in the prior year based on the per capita
16    tuition charge times the charter school enrollment.
17        (4) An Organizational Unit's Final Percent of Adequacy
18    is its Final Resources divided by its Adequacy Target. An
19    Organizational Unit's Adjusted Base Funding Minimum is
20    equal to its Base Funding Minimum less its Supplemental
21    Grant Funding, with the resulting figure added to the
22    product of its Supplemental Grant Funding and Preliminary
23    Percent of Adequacy.
24    (g) Evidence-Based Funding formula distribution system.
25        (1) In each school year under the Evidence-Based
26    Funding formula, each Organizational Unit receives funding

 

 

HB5552- 122 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    equal to the sum of its Base Funding Minimum and the unit's
2    allocation of New State Funds determined pursuant to this
3    subsection (g). To allocate New State Funds, the
4    Evidence-Based Funding formula distribution system first
5    places all Organizational Units into one of 4 tiers in
6    accordance with paragraph (3) of this subsection (g),
7    based on the Organizational Unit's Final Percent of
8    Adequacy. New State Funds are allocated to each of the 4
9    tiers as follows: Tier 1 Aggregate Funding equals 50% of
10    all New State Funds, Tier 2 Aggregate Funding equals 49%
11    of all New State Funds, Tier 3 Aggregate Funding equals
12    0.9% of all New State Funds, and Tier 4 Aggregate Funding
13    equals 0.1% of all New State Funds. Each Organizational
14    Unit within Tier 1 or Tier 2 receives an allocation of New
15    State Funds equal to its tier Funding Gap, as defined in
16    the following sentence, multiplied by the tier's
17    Allocation Rate determined pursuant to paragraph (4) of
18    this subsection (g). For Tier 1, an Organizational Unit's
19    Funding Gap equals the tier's Target Ratio, as specified
20    in paragraph (5) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the
21    Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target, with the resulting
22    amount reduced by the Organizational Unit's Final
23    Resources. For Tier 2, an Organizational Unit's Funding
24    Gap equals the tier's Target Ratio, as described in
25    paragraph (5) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the
26    Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target, with the resulting

 

 

HB5552- 123 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    amount reduced by the Organizational Unit's Final
2    Resources and its Tier 1 funding allocation. To determine
3    the Organizational Unit's Funding Gap, the resulting
4    amount is then multiplied by a factor equal to one minus
5    the Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target
6    percentage. Each Organizational Unit within Tier 3 or Tier
7    4 receives an allocation of New State Funds equal to the
8    product of its Adequacy Target and the tier's Allocation
9    Rate, as specified in paragraph (4) of this subsection
10    (g).
11        (2) To ensure equitable distribution of dollars for
12    all Tier 2 Organizational Units, no Tier 2 Organizational
13    Unit shall receive fewer dollars per ASE than any Tier 3
14    Organizational Unit. Each Tier 2 and Tier 3 Organizational
15    Unit shall have its funding allocation divided by its ASE.
16    Any Tier 2 Organizational Unit with a funding allocation
17    per ASE below the greatest Tier 3 allocation per ASE shall
18    get a funding allocation equal to the greatest Tier 3
19    funding allocation per ASE multiplied by the
20    Organizational Unit's ASE. Each Tier 2 Organizational
21    Unit's Tier 2 funding allocation shall be multiplied by
22    the percentage calculated by dividing the original Tier 2
23    Aggregate Funding by the sum of all Tier 2 Organizational
24    Units' Tier 2 funding allocation after adjusting
25    districts' funding below Tier 3 levels.
26        (3) Organizational Units are placed into one of 4

 

 

HB5552- 124 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    tiers as follows:
2            (A) Tier 1 consists of all Organizational Units,
3        except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of
4        Adequacy less than the Tier 1 Target Ratio. The Tier 1
5        Target Ratio is the ratio level that allows for Tier 1
6        Aggregate Funding to be distributed, with the Tier 1
7        Allocation Rate determined pursuant to paragraph (4)
8        of this subsection (g).
9            (B) Tier 2 consists of all Tier 1 Units and all
10        other Organizational Units, except for Specially
11        Funded Units, with a Percent of Adequacy of less than
12        0.90.
13            (C) Tier 3 consists of all Organizational Units,
14        except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of
15        Adequacy of at least 0.90 and less than 1.0.
16            (D) Tier 4 consists of all Organizational Units
17        with a Percent of Adequacy of at least 1.0.
18        (4) The Allocation Rates for Tiers 1 through 4 are
19    determined as follows:
20            (A) The Tier 1 Allocation Rate is 30%.
21            (B) The Tier 2 Allocation Rate is the result of the
22        following equation: Tier 2 Aggregate Funding, divided
23        by the sum of the Funding Gaps for all Tier 2
24        Organizational Units, unless the result of such
25        equation is higher than 1.0. If the result of such
26        equation is higher than 1.0, then the Tier 2

 

 

HB5552- 125 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        Allocation Rate is 1.0.
2            (C) The Tier 3 Allocation Rate is the result of the
3        following equation: Tier 3 Aggregate Funding, divided
4        by the sum of the Adequacy Targets of all Tier 3
5        Organizational Units.
6            (D) The Tier 4 Allocation Rate is the result of the
7        following equation: Tier 4 Aggregate Funding, divided
8        by the sum of the Adequacy Targets of all Tier 4
9        Organizational Units.
10        (5) A tier's Target Ratio is determined as follows:
11            (A) The Tier 1 Target Ratio is the ratio level that
12        allows for Tier 1 Aggregate Funding to be distributed
13        with the Tier 1 Allocation Rate.
14            (B) The Tier 2 Target Ratio is 0.90.
15            (C) The Tier 3 Target Ratio is 1.0.
16        (6) If, at any point, the Tier 1 Target Ratio is
17    greater than 90%, then all Tier 1 funding shall be
18    allocated to Tier 2 and no Tier 1 Organizational Unit's
19    funding may be identified.
20        (7) In the event that all Tier 2 Organizational Units
21    receive funding at the Tier 2 Target Ratio level, any
22    remaining New State Funds shall be allocated to Tier 3 and
23    Tier 4 Organizational Units.
24        (8) If any Specially Funded Units, excluding Glenwood
25    Academy, recognized by the State Board do not qualify for
26    direct funding following the implementation of Public Act

 

 

HB5552- 126 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    100-465 from any of the funding sources included within
2    the definition of Base Funding Minimum, the unqualified
3    portion of the Base Funding Minimum shall be transferred
4    to one or more appropriate Organizational Units as
5    determined by the State Superintendent based on the prior
6    year ASE of the Organizational Units.
7        (8.5) If a school district withdraws from a special
8    education cooperative, the portion of the Base Funding
9    Minimum that is attributable to the school district may be
10    redistributed to the school district upon withdrawal. The
11    school district and the cooperative must include the
12    amount of the Base Funding Minimum that is to be
13    reapportioned in their withdrawal agreement and notify the
14    State Board of the change with a copy of the agreement upon
15    withdrawal.
16        (9) The Minimum Funding Level is intended to establish
17    a target for State funding that will keep pace with
18    inflation and continue to advance equity through the
19    Evidence-Based Funding formula. The target for State
20    funding of New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds is
21    $50,000,000 for State fiscal year 2019 and subsequent
22    State fiscal years. The Minimum Funding Level is equal to
23    $350,000,000. In addition to any New State Funds, no more
24    than $50,000,000 New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds may be
25    counted toward the Minimum Funding Level. If the sum of
26    New State Funds and applicable New Property Tax Relief

 

 

HB5552- 127 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    Pool Funds are less than the Minimum Funding Level, than
2    funding for tiers shall be reduced in the following
3    manner:
4            (A) First, Tier 4 funding shall be reduced by an
5        amount equal to the difference between the Minimum
6        Funding Level and New State Funds until such time as
7        Tier 4 funding is exhausted.
8            (B) Next, Tier 3 funding shall be reduced by an
9        amount equal to the difference between the Minimum
10        Funding Level and New State Funds and the reduction in
11        Tier 4 funding until such time as Tier 3 funding is
12        exhausted.
13            (C) Next, Tier 2 funding shall be reduced by an
14        amount equal to the difference between the Minimum
15        Funding Level and New State Funds and the reduction in
16        Tier 4 and Tier 3.
17            (D) Finally, Tier 1 funding shall be reduced by an
18        amount equal to the difference between the Minimum
19        Funding level and New State Funds and the reduction in
20        Tier 2, 3, and 4 funding. In addition, the Allocation
21        Rate for Tier 1 shall be reduced to a percentage equal
22        to the Tier 1 Allocation Rate set by paragraph (4) of
23        this subsection (g), multiplied by the result of New
24        State Funds divided by the Minimum Funding Level.
25        (9.5) For State fiscal year 2019 and subsequent State
26    fiscal years, except State fiscal year 2026, if New State

 

 

HB5552- 128 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    Funds exceed $300,000,000, then any amount in excess of
2    $300,000,000 shall be dedicated for purposes of Section
3    2-3.170 of this Code up to a maximum of $50,000,000.
4        (10) In the event of a decrease in the amount of the
5    appropriation for this Section in any fiscal year after
6    implementation of this Section, the Organizational Units
7    receiving Tier 1 and Tier 2 funding, as determined under
8    paragraph (3) of this subsection (g), shall be held
9    harmless by establishing a Base Funding Guarantee equal to
10    the per pupil kindergarten through grade 12 funding
11    received in accordance with this Section in the prior
12    fiscal year. Reductions shall be made to the Base Funding
13    Minimum of Organizational Units in Tier 3 and Tier 4 on a
14    per pupil basis equivalent to the total number of the ASE
15    in Tier 3-funded and Tier 4-funded Organizational Units
16    divided by the total reduction in State funding. The Base
17    Funding Minimum as reduced shall continue to be applied to
18    Tier 3 and Tier 4 Organizational Units and adjusted by the
19    relative formula when increases in appropriations for this
20    Section resume. In no event may State funding reductions
21    to Organizational Units in Tier 3 or Tier 4 exceed an
22    amount that would be less than the Base Funding Minimum
23    established in the first year of implementation of this
24    Section. If additional reductions are required, all school
25    districts shall receive a reduction by a per pupil amount
26    equal to the aggregate additional appropriation reduction

 

 

HB5552- 129 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    divided by the total ASE of all Organizational Units.
2        (11) The State Superintendent shall make minor
3    adjustments to the distribution formula set forth in this
4    subsection (g) to account for the rounding of percentages
5    to the nearest tenth of a percentage and dollar amounts to
6    the nearest whole dollar.
7    (h) State Superintendent administration of funding and
8district submission requirements.
9        (1) The State Superintendent shall, in accordance with
10    appropriations made by the General Assembly, meet the
11    funding obligations created under this Section.
12        (2) The State Superintendent shall calculate the
13    Adequacy Target for each Organizational Unit under this
14    Section. No Evidence-Based Funding shall be distributed
15    within an Organizational Unit without the approval of the
16    unit's school board.
17        (3) Annually, the State Superintendent shall calculate
18    and report to each Organizational Unit the unit's
19    aggregate financial adequacy amount, which shall be the
20    sum of the Adequacy Target for each Organizational Unit.
21    The State Superintendent shall calculate and report
22    separately for each Organizational Unit the unit's total
23    State funds allocated for its students with disabilities.
24    The State Superintendent shall calculate and report
25    separately for each Organizational Unit the amount of
26    funding and applicable FTE calculated for each Essential

 

 

HB5552- 130 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    Element of the unit's Adequacy Target.
2        (4) Annually, the State Superintendent shall calculate
3    and report to each Organizational Unit the amount the unit
4    must expend on special education and bilingual education
5    and computer technology and equipment for Organizational
6    Units assigned to Tier 1 or Tier 2 that received an
7    additional $285.50 per student computer technology and
8    equipment investment grant to their Adequacy Target
9    pursuant to the unit's Base Funding Minimum, Special
10    Education Allocation, Bilingual Education Allocation, and
11    computer technology and equipment investment allocation.
12        (5) Moneys distributed under this Section shall be
13    calculated on a school year basis, but paid on a fiscal
14    year basis, with payments beginning in August and
15    extending through June. Unless otherwise provided, the
16    moneys appropriated for each fiscal year shall be
17    distributed in 22 equal payments at least 2 times monthly
18    to each Organizational Unit. If moneys appropriated for
19    any fiscal year are distributed other than monthly, the
20    distribution shall be on the same basis for each
21    Organizational Unit.
22        (6) Any school district that fails, for any given
23    school year, to maintain school as required by law or to
24    maintain a recognized school is not eligible to receive
25    Evidence-Based Funding. In case of non-recognition of one
26    or more attendance centers in a school district otherwise

 

 

HB5552- 131 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    operating recognized schools, the claim of the district
2    shall be reduced in the proportion that the enrollment in
3    the attendance center or centers bears to the enrollment
4    of the school district. "Recognized school" means any
5    public school that meets the standards for recognition by
6    the State Board. A school district or attendance center
7    not having recognition status at the end of a school term
8    is entitled to receive State aid payments due upon a legal
9    claim that was filed while it was recognized.
10        (7) School district claims filed under this Section
11    are subject to Sections 18-9 and 18-12 of this Code,
12    except as otherwise provided in this Section.
13        (8) Each fiscal year, the State Superintendent shall
14    calculate for each Organizational Unit an amount of its
15    Base Funding Minimum and Evidence-Based Funding that shall
16    be deemed attributable to the provision of special
17    educational facilities and services, as defined in Section
18    14-1.08 of this Code, in a manner that ensures compliance
19    with maintenance of State financial support requirements
20    under the federal Individuals with Disabilities Education
21    Act. An Organizational Unit must use such funds only for
22    the provision of special educational facilities and
23    services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of this Code, and
24    must comply with any expenditure verification procedures
25    adopted by the State Board.
26        (9) All Organizational Units in this State must submit

 

 

HB5552- 132 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    annual spending plans, as part of the budget submission
2    process, no later than October 31 of each year to the State
3    Board. The spending plan shall describe how each
4    Organizational Unit will utilize the Base Funding Minimum
5    and Evidence-Based Funding it receives from this State
6    under this Section with specific identification of the
7    intended utilization of Low-Income, English learner, and
8    special education resources. Additionally, the annual
9    spending plans of each Organizational Unit shall describe
10    how the Organizational Unit expects to achieve student
11    growth and how the Organizational Unit will achieve State
12    education goals, as defined by the State Board, and shall
13    indicate which stakeholder groups the Organizational Unit
14    engaged with to inform its annual spending plans. The
15    State Superintendent may, from time to time, identify
16    additional requisites for Organizational Units to satisfy
17    when compiling the annual spending plans required under
18    this subsection (h). The format and scope of annual
19    spending plans shall be developed by the State
20    Superintendent and the State Board of Education. School
21    districts that serve students under Article 14C of this
22    Code shall continue to submit information as required
23    under Section 14C-12 of this Code. Annual spending plans
24    required under this subsection (h) shall be integrated
25    into annual school district budgets completed pursuant to
26    Section 17-1 or Section 34-43. Organizational Units that

 

 

HB5552- 133 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    do not submit a budget to the State Board shall be provided
2    with a separate planning template developed by the State
3    Board. The State Board shall create an Evidence-Based
4    Funding spending plan tool to make Evidence-Based Funding
5    spending plan data for each Organizational Unit available
6    on the State Board's website no later than December 31,
7    2025, with annual updates thereafter. The tool shall allow
8    for the selection and review of each Organizational Unit's
9    planned use of Evidence-Based Funding.
10        (10) No later than January 1, 2018, the State
11    Superintendent shall develop a 5-year strategic plan for
12    all Organizational Units to help in planning for adequacy
13    funding under this Section. The State Superintendent shall
14    submit the plan to the Governor and the General Assembly,
15    as provided in Section 3.1 of the General Assembly
16    Organization Act. The plan shall include recommendations
17    for:
18            (A) a framework for collaborative, professional,
19        innovative, and 21st century learning environments
20        using the Evidence-Based Funding model;
21            (B) ways to prepare and support this State's
22        educators for successful instructional careers;
23            (C) application and enhancement of the current
24        financial accountability measures, the approved State
25        plan to comply with the federal Every Student Succeeds
26        Act, and the Illinois Balanced Accountability Measures

 

 

HB5552- 134 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        in relation to student growth and elements of the
2        Evidence-Based Funding model; and
3            (D) implementation of an effective school adequacy
4        funding system based on projected and recommended
5        funding levels from the General Assembly.
6        (11) On an annual basis, the State Superintendent must
7    recalibrate all of the following per pupil elements of the
8    Adequacy Target and applied to the formulas, based on the
9    study of average expenses and as reported in the most
10    recent annual financial report:
11            (A) Gifted under subparagraph (M) of paragraph (2)
12        of subsection (b).
13            (B) Instructional materials under subparagraph (O)
14        of paragraph (2) of subsection (b).
15            (C) Assessment under subparagraph (P) of paragraph
16        (2) of subsection (b).
17            (D) Student activities under subparagraph (R) of
18        paragraph (2) of subsection (b).
19            (E) Maintenance and operations under subparagraph
20        (S) of paragraph (2) of subsection (b).
21            (F) Central office under subparagraph (T) of
22        paragraph (2) of subsection (b).
23    (i) Professional Review Panel.
24        (1) A Professional Review Panel is created to study
25    and review topics related to the implementation and effect
26    of Evidence-Based Funding, as assigned by a joint

 

 

HB5552- 135 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    resolution or Public Act of the General Assembly or a
2    motion passed by the State Board of Education. The Panel
3    must provide recommendations to and serve the Governor,
4    the General Assembly, and the State Board. The State
5    Superintendent or his or her designee must serve as a
6    voting member and chairperson of the Panel. The State
7    Superintendent must appoint a vice chairperson from the
8    membership of the Panel. The Panel must advance
9    recommendations based on a three-fifths majority vote of
10    Panel members present and voting. A minority opinion may
11    also accompany any recommendation of the Panel. The Panel
12    shall be appointed by the State Superintendent, except as
13    otherwise provided in paragraph (2) of this subsection (i)
14    and include the following members:
15            (A) Two appointees that represent district
16        superintendents, recommended by a statewide
17        organization that represents district superintendents.
18            (B) Two appointees that represent school boards,
19        recommended by a statewide organization that
20        represents school boards.
21            (C) Two appointees from districts that represent
22        school business officials, recommended by a statewide
23        organization that represents school business
24        officials.
25            (D) Two appointees that represent school
26        principals, recommended by a statewide organization

 

 

HB5552- 136 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        that represents school principals.
2            (E) Two appointees that represent teachers,
3        recommended by a statewide organization that
4        represents teachers.
5            (F) Two appointees that represent teachers,
6        recommended by another statewide organization that
7        represents teachers.
8            (G) Two appointees that represent regional
9        superintendents of schools, recommended by
10        organizations that represent regional superintendents.
11            (H) Two independent experts selected solely by the
12        State Superintendent.
13            (I) Two independent experts recommended by public
14        universities in this State.
15            (J) One member recommended by a statewide
16        organization that represents parents.
17            (K) Two representatives recommended by collective
18        impact organizations that represent major metropolitan
19        areas or geographic areas in Illinois.
20            (L) One member from a statewide organization
21        focused on research-based education policy to support
22        a school system that prepares all students for
23        college, a career, and democratic citizenship.
24            (M) One representative from a school district
25        organized under Article 34 of this Code.
26        The State Superintendent shall ensure that the

 

 

HB5552- 137 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    membership of the Panel includes representatives from
2    school districts and communities reflecting the
3    geographic, socio-economic, racial, and ethnic diversity
4    of this State. The State Superintendent shall additionally
5    ensure that the membership of the Panel includes
6    representatives with expertise in bilingual education and
7    special education. Staff from the State Board shall staff
8    the Panel.
9        (2) In addition to those Panel members appointed by
10    the State Superintendent, 4 members of the General
11    Assembly shall be appointed as follows: one member of the
12    House of Representatives appointed by the Speaker of the
13    House of Representatives, one member of the Senate
14    appointed by the President of the Senate, one member of
15    the House of Representatives appointed by the Minority
16    Leader of the House of Representatives, and one member of
17    the Senate appointed by the Minority Leader of the Senate.
18    There shall be one additional member appointed by the
19    Governor. All members appointed by legislative leaders or
20    the Governor shall be non-voting, ex officio members.
21        (3) The Panel must study topics at the direction of
22    the General Assembly or State Board of Education, as
23    provided under paragraph (1). The Panel may also study the
24    following topics at the direction of the chairperson:
25            (A) The format and scope of annual spending plans
26        referenced in paragraph (9) of subsection (h) of this

 

 

HB5552- 138 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        Section.
2            (B) The Comparable Wage Index under this Section.
3            (C) Maintenance and operations, including capital
4        maintenance and construction costs.
5            (D) "At-risk student" definition.
6            (E) Benefits.
7            (F) Technology.
8            (G) Local Capacity Target.
9            (H) Funding for Alternative Schools, Laboratory
10        Schools, safe schools, and alternative learning
11        opportunities programs.
12            (I) Funding for college and career acceleration
13        strategies.
14            (J) Special education investments.
15            (K) Early childhood investments, in collaboration
16        with the Illinois Early Learning Council.
17        (4) (Blank).
18        (5) Within 5 years after the implementation of this
19    Section, and every 5 years thereafter, the Panel shall
20    complete an evaluative study of the entire Evidence-Based
21    Funding model, including an assessment of whether or not
22    the formula is achieving State goals. The Panel shall
23    report to the State Board, the General Assembly, and the
24    Governor on the findings of the study.
25        (6) (Blank).
26        (7) To ensure that (i) the Adequacy Target calculation

 

 

HB5552- 139 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    under subsection (b) accurately reflects the needs of
2    students living in poverty or attending schools located in
3    areas of high poverty, (ii) racial equity within the
4    Evidence-Based Funding formula is explicitly explored and
5    advanced, and (iii) the funding goals of the formula
6    distribution system established under this Section are
7    sufficient to provide adequate funding for every student
8    and to fully fund every school in this State, the Panel
9    shall review the Essential Elements under paragraph (2) of
10    subsection (b). The Panel shall consider all of the
11    following in its review:
12            (A) The financial ability of school districts to
13        provide instruction in a world foreign language to
14        every student and whether an additional Essential
15        Element should be added to the formula to ensure that
16        every student has access to instruction in a world
17        foreign language.
18            (B) The adult-to-student ratio for each Essential
19        Element in which a ratio is identified. The Panel
20        shall consider whether the ratio accurately reflects
21        the staffing needed to support students living in
22        poverty or who have traumatic backgrounds.
23            (C) Changes to the Essential Elements that may be
24        required to better promote racial equity and eliminate
25        structural racism within schools.
26            (D) The impact of investing $350,000,000 in

 

 

HB5552- 140 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        additional funds each year under this Section and an
2        estimate of when the school system will become fully
3        funded under this level of appropriation.
4            (E) Provide an overview of alternative funding
5        structures that would enable the State to become fully
6        funded at an earlier date.
7            (F) The potential to increase efficiency and to
8        find cost savings within the school system to expedite
9        the journey to a fully funded system.
10            (G) The appropriate levels for reenrolling and
11        graduating high-risk high school students who have
12        been previously out of school. These outcomes shall
13        include enrollment, attendance, skill gains, credit
14        gains, graduation or promotion to the next grade
15        level, and the transition to college, training, or
16        employment, with an emphasis on progressively
17        increasing the overall attendance.
18            (H) The evidence-based or research-based practices
19        that are shown to reduce the gaps and disparities
20        experienced by African American students in academic
21        achievement and educational performance, including
22        practices that have been shown to reduce disparities
23        in disciplinary rates, drop-out rates, graduation
24        rates, college matriculation rates, and college
25        completion rates.
26        On or before December 31, 2021, the Panel shall report

 

 

HB5552- 141 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    to the State Board, the General Assembly, and the Governor
2    on the findings of its review. This paragraph (7) is
3    inoperative on and after July 1, 2022.
4        (8) On or before April 1, 2024, the Panel must submit a
5    report to the General Assembly on annual adjustments to
6    Glenwood Academy's base-funding minimum in a similar
7    fashion to school districts under this Section.
8        (9) On or before March 31, 2026, the Professional
9    Review Panel shall make a report to the Governor and the
10    General Assembly assessing the impact of the property tax
11    relief pool grant program under Section 2-3.170, including
12    the number of districts participating in the program by
13    fiscal year since Fiscal Year 2019, the tier assignment
14    for participating school districts, and an analysis of the
15    operating tax rates of participating school districts to
16    determine if the grant program is meeting the legislative
17    intent of reducing property taxes in high-tax areas of the
18    State.
19    (j) References. Beginning July 1, 2017, references in
20other laws to general State aid funds or calculations under
21Section 18-8.05 of this Code (now repealed) shall be deemed to
22be references to evidence-based model formula funds or
23calculations under this Section.
24(Source: P.A. 103-8, eff. 6-7-23; 103-154, eff. 6-30-23;
25103-175, eff. 6-30-23; 103-605, eff. 7-1-24; 103-780, eff.
268-2-24; 103-802, eff. 1-1-25; 104-2, eff. 6-16-25; 104-417,

 

 

HB5552- 142 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1eff. 8-15-25; 104-435, eff. 11-21-25; revised 12-9-25.)
 
2    (105 ILCS 5/21B-10)
3    Sec. 21B-10. State Educator Preparation and Licensure
4Board.
5    (a) The State Teacher Certification Board, which had been
6established under Section 21-13 of the School Code prior to
7this amendatory Act of the 97th General Assembly, shall be
8renamed the State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board.
9References in law to the State Teacher Certification Board
10shall mean the State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board.
11The State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board shall
12consist of the State Superintendent of Education or a
13representative appointed by him or her, who shall be
14ex-officio chairperson, 5 administrative or faculty members of
15public or private colleges or universities located in this
16State, 3 administrative or faculty members of public community
17colleges located in this State, 3 administrators and 10
18classroom teachers employed in the public schools (5 of whom
19must be members of and nominated by a statewide professional
20teachers' organization and 5 of whom must be members of and
21nominated by a different statewide professional teachers'
22organization), and one regional superintendent of schools, all
23of whom shall be appointed by the State Superintendent Board
24of Education; provided that at least one of the administrators
25and at least 3 of the classroom teachers so appointed must be

 

 

HB5552- 143 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1employees of a school district that is subject to the
2provisions of Article 34 of this Code. A statewide
3professional teachers' organization and a different statewide
4professional teachers' organization shall submit to the State
5Superintendent Board of Education for consideration at least 3
6names of accomplished teachers for every one vacancy or
7expiring term in a classroom teacher position. The nominations
8submitted to the State Superintendent Board of Education under
9this Section to fill a vacancy or an expiring term shall be
10advisory. Nomination for State Educator Preparation and
11Licensure Board members must be submitted to the State
12Superintendent Board of Education within 30 days after the
13vacancy or vacancies occur. Nominations to fill an expiring
14term must be submitted to the State Superintendent of
15Education at least 30 days before the expiration of that term.
16Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section, if a
17sufficient number of nominations are not received by the State
18Superintendent of Education for a vacancy or expiring term
19within the 30-day period, then the State Superintendent of
20Education may appoint any qualified person, in the same manner
21as the original appointment, to fill the vacancy or expiring
22term. The regular term of each member is 3 years, and an
23individual may be appointed for no more than 2 consecutive
24terms. The term of an appointed member of the State Educator
25Preparation and Licensure Board shall expire on June 30 of his
26or her final year.

 

 

HB5552- 144 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    The State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board may
2allow one member representing the Board of Higher Education
3and one member representing the Illinois Community College
4Board to serve as nonvoting, ex officio members on the Board.
5    (b) The State Superintendent Board of Education shall
6appoint a secretary of the State Educator Preparation and
7Licensure Board.
8    (c) The State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board
9shall hold regular meetings at least quarterly and such other
10special meetings as may be necessary.
11    (d) The necessary expenses of the State Educator
12Preparation and Licensure Board shall be provided through the
13State Board of Education. The State Board of Education, in
14consultation with the State Educator Preparation and Licensure
15Board, may adopt such rules as may be necessary for the
16administration of this Article.
17    (e) (Blank).
18(Source: P.A. 104-128, eff. 1-1-26.)
 
19    (105 ILCS 5/21B-15)
20    Sec. 21B-15. Qualifications of educators.
21    (a) No one may be licensed to teach or supervise or be
22otherwise employed in the public schools of this State who is
23not of good character and at least 19 years of age, except as
24otherwise provided in subparagraph (J) of subsection (2) of
25Section 21B-20.

 

 

HB5552- 145 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    In determining good character under this Section, the
2State Superintendent of Education shall take into
3consideration the disciplinary actions of other states or
4national entities against certificates or licenses issued by
5those states and held by individuals from those states. In
6addition, any felony conviction of the applicant may be taken
7into consideration; however, no one may be licensed to teach
8or supervise in the public schools of this State who has been
9convicted of (i) an offense set forth in subsection (b) of
10Section 21B-80 of this Code until 7 years following the end of
11the sentence for the criminal offense or (ii) an offense set
12forth in subsection (c) of Section 21B-80 of this Code. Unless
13the conviction is for an offense set forth in Section 21B-80 of
14this Code, an applicant must be permitted to submit character
15references or other written material before such a conviction
16or other information regarding the applicant's character may
17be used by the State Superintendent of Education as a basis for
18denying the application.
19    (b) No person otherwise qualified shall be denied the
20right to be licensed or to receive training for the purpose of
21becoming an educator because of a physical disability,
22including, but not limited to, visual and hearing
23disabilities; nor shall any school district refuse to employ a
24teacher on such grounds, provided that the person is able to
25carry out the duties of the position for which he or she
26applies.

 

 

HB5552- 146 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    (c) No person may be granted or continue to hold an
2educator license who has knowingly altered or misrepresented
3his or her qualifications, in this State or any other state, in
4order to acquire or renew the license. Any other license
5issued under this Article held by the person may be suspended
6or revoked by the State Educator Preparation and Licensure
7Board, depending upon the severity of the alteration or
8misrepresentation.
9    (d) No one may teach or supervise in the public schools nor
10receive for teaching or supervising any part of any public
11school fund who does not hold an educator license granted by
12the State Superintendent of Education as provided in this
13Article. However, the provisions of this Article do not apply
14to a member of the armed forces who is employed as a teacher of
15subjects in the Reserve Officers' Training Corps of any
16school, a retiree of the armed forces who meets the
17qualifications set forth in 10 U.S.C. 2033, or nor to an
18individual teaching a dual credit course as provided for in
19the Dual Credit Quality Act.
20    (e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Code, the
21school board of a school district may grant to a teacher of the
22district a leave of absence with full pay for a period of not
23more than one year to permit the teacher to teach in a country
24other than the United States foreign state under the
25provisions of the Exchange Teacher Program established under
26Public Law 584, 79th Congress, and Public Law 402, 80th

 

 

HB5552- 147 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1Congress, as amended. The school board granting the leave of
2absence may employ, with or without pay, a national of the
3country other than the United States foreign state wherein the
4teacher on the leave of absence is to teach if the national is
5qualified to teach in that country foreign state and if that
6national is to teach in a grade level similar to the one that
7was taught in that country the foreign state. The State Board
8of Education, in consultation with the State Educator
9Preparation and Licensure Board, may adopt rules as may be
10necessary to implement this subsection (e).
11    (f) No person shall be denied a license issued under this
12Article solely based on his or her citizenship status or
13immigration status. The General Assembly finds and declares
14that this subsection (f) is a State law within the meaning of
15subsection (d) of Section 1621 of Title 8 of the United States
16Code. Nothing in this subsection shall affect the requirements
17to obtain a license that are not directly related to
18citizenship status or immigration status. Nothing in this
19subsection shall be construed to grant eligibility for
20obtaining any public benefit other than a license issued under
21this Article.
22(Source: P.A. 102-713, eff. 1-1-23.)
 
23    (105 ILCS 5/21B-20)
24    Sec. 21B-20. Types of licenses. The State Board of
25Education shall implement a system of educator licensure,

 

 

HB5552- 148 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1whereby individuals employed in school districts who are
2required to be licensed must have one of the following
3licenses: (i) a professional educator license; (ii) an
4educator license with stipulations; (iii) a substitute
5teaching license; or (iv) until June 30, 2028, a short-term
6substitute teaching license. References in law regarding
7individuals certified or certificated or required to be
8certified or certificated under Article 21 of this Code shall
9also include individuals licensed or required to be licensed
10under this Article. The first year of all licenses ends on June
1130 following one full year of the license being issued.
12    The State Board of Education, in consultation with the
13State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board, may adopt such
14rules as may be necessary to govern the requirements for
15licenses and endorsements under this Section.
16        (1) Professional Educator License. Persons who (i)
17    have successfully completed an approved educator
18    preparation program and are recommended for licensure by
19    the Illinois institution offering the educator preparation
20    program, (ii) have successfully completed the required
21    testing under Section 21B-30 of this Code, (iii) have
22    successfully completed coursework on the psychology of,
23    the identification of, and the methods of instruction for
24    the exceptional child, including, without limitation,
25    children with learning disabilities, (iv) have
26    successfully completed coursework in methods of reading

 

 

HB5552- 149 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    and reading in the content area, and (v) have met all other
2    criteria established by rule of the State Board of
3    Education shall be issued a Professional Educator License.
4    Persons seeking a Professional Educator License with a
5    school support personnel endorsement or chief school
6    business official endorsement are exempt from the
7    requirements in items (iii) and (iv). All Professional
8    Educator Licenses are valid until June 30 immediately
9    following 5 years of the license being issued. The
10    Professional Educator License shall be endorsed with
11    specific areas and grade levels in which the individual is
12    eligible to practice. For an early childhood education
13    endorsement, an individual may satisfy the student
14    teaching requirement of his or her early childhood teacher
15    preparation program through placement in a setting with
16    children from birth through grade 2, and the individual
17    may be paid and receive credit while student teaching. The
18    student teaching experience must meet the requirements of
19    and be approved by the individual's early childhood
20    teacher preparation program. No institution of higher
21    education shall establish or maintain any policy which
22    requires student teaching for preservice teachers to be
23    unpaid.
24        Individuals can receive subsequent endorsements on the
25    Professional Educator License. Subsequent endorsements
26    shall require a minimum of 24 semester hours of coursework

 

 

HB5552- 150 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    in the endorsement area and passage of the applicable
2    content area test, unless otherwise specified by rule.
3        (2) Educator License with Stipulations. An Educator
4    License with Stipulations shall be issued an endorsement
5    that limits the license holder to one particular position
6    or does not require completion of an approved educator
7    program or both.
8        An individual with an Educator License with
9    Stipulations must not be employed by a school district or
10    any other entity to replace any presently employed teacher
11    who otherwise would not be replaced for any reason.
12        An Educator License with Stipulations may be issued
13    with the following endorsements:
14            (A) (Blank).
15            (B) Alternative provisional educator. An
16        alternative provisional educator endorsement on an
17        Educator License with Stipulations may be issued to an
18        applicant who, at the time of applying for the
19        endorsement, has done all of the following:
20                (i) Graduated from a regionally accredited
21            college or university with a minimum of a
22            bachelor's degree.
23                (ii) Successfully completed the first phase of
24            the Alternative Educator Licensure Program for
25            Teachers, as described in Section 21B-50 of this
26            Code.

 

 

HB5552- 151 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1                (iii) Passed a content area test, as required
2            under Section 21B-30 of this Code.
3        The alternative provisional educator endorsement is
4    valid for 2 years of teaching and may be renewed for a
5    third year by an individual meeting the requirements set
6    forth in Section 21B-50 of this Code.
7            (C) Alternative provisional superintendent. An
8        alternative provisional superintendent endorsement on
9        an Educator License with Stipulations entitles the
10        holder to serve only as a superintendent or assistant
11        superintendent in a school district's central office.
12        This endorsement may only be issued to an applicant
13        who, at the time of applying for the endorsement, has
14        done all of the following:
15                (i) Graduated from a regionally accredited
16            college or university with a minimum of a master's
17            degree in a management field other than education.
18                (ii) Been employed for a period of at least 5
19            years in a management level position in a field
20            other than education.
21                (iii) Successfully completed the first phase
22            of an alternative route to superintendent
23            endorsement program, as provided in Section 21B-55
24            of this Code.
25                (iv) Passed a content area test required under
26            Section 21B-30 of this Code.

 

 

HB5552- 152 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1            The endorsement is valid for 2 fiscal years in
2        order to complete one full year of serving as a
3        superintendent or assistant superintendent.
4            (D) (Blank).
5            (E) Career and technical educator. A career and
6        technical educator endorsement on an Educator License
7        with Stipulations may be issued to an applicant who
8        has a minimum of 60 semester hours of coursework from a
9        regionally accredited institution of higher education
10        or an accredited trade and technical institution and
11        has a minimum of 2,000 hours of experience outside of
12        education in each area to be taught.
13            The career and technical educator endorsement on
14        an Educator License with Stipulations is valid until
15        June 30 immediately following 5 years of the
16        endorsement being issued and may be renewed.
17            An individual who holds a valid career and
18        technical educator endorsement on an Educator License
19        with Stipulations but does not hold a bachelor's
20        degree may substitute teach in career and technical
21        education classrooms.
22            An individual who holds a valid career and
23        technical educator endorsement on an Educator License
24        with Stipulations is entitled to all of the rights and
25        privileges granted to a holder of a Professional
26        Educator License.

 

 

HB5552- 153 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1            (F) (Blank).
2            (G) Transitional bilingual educator. A
3        transitional bilingual educator endorsement on an
4        Educator License with Stipulations may be issued for
5        the purpose of providing instruction in accordance
6        with Article 14C of this Code to an applicant who
7        provides satisfactory evidence that he or she meets
8        all of the following requirements:
9                (i) Possesses adequate speaking, reading, and
10            writing ability in the language other than English
11            in which transitional bilingual education is
12            offered.
13                (ii) Has the ability to successfully
14            communicate in English.
15                (iii) Either possessed, within 5 years
16            previous to his or her applying for a transitional
17            bilingual educator endorsement, a valid and
18            comparable teaching certificate or comparable
19            authorization issued by a foreign country other
20            than the United States or holds a degree from an
21            institution of higher learning in a foreign
22            country other than the United States that the
23            State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board
24            determines to be the equivalent of a bachelor's
25            degree from a regionally accredited institution of
26            higher learning in the United States.

 

 

HB5552- 154 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1            A transitional bilingual educator endorsement
2        shall be valid for prekindergarten through grade 12,
3        is valid until June 30 immediately following 5 years
4        of the endorsement being issued, and shall not be
5        renewed.
6            Persons holding a transitional bilingual educator
7        endorsement shall not be employed to replace any
8        presently employed teacher who otherwise would not be
9        replaced for any reason.
10            (H) Language endorsement. In an effort to
11        alleviate the shortage of teachers speaking a language
12        other than English in the public schools, an
13        individual who holds an Educator License with
14        Stipulations may also apply for a language
15        endorsement, provided that the applicant provides
16        satisfactory evidence that he or she meets all of the
17        following requirements:
18                (i) Holds a transitional bilingual
19            endorsement.
20                (ii) Has demonstrated proficiency in the
21            language for which the endorsement is to be issued
22            by passing the applicable language content test
23            required by the State Board of Education.
24                (iii) Holds a bachelor's degree or higher from
25            a regionally accredited institution of higher
26            education or, for individuals educated in a

 

 

HB5552- 155 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1            country other than the United States, holds a
2            degree from an institution of higher learning in a
3            foreign country other than the United States that
4            the State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board
5            determines to be the equivalent of a bachelor's
6            degree from a regionally accredited institution of
7            higher learning in the United States.
8                (iv) (Blank).
9            A language endorsement on an Educator License with
10        Stipulations is valid for prekindergarten through
11        grade 12 for the same validity period as the
12        individual's transitional bilingual educator
13        endorsement on the Educator License with Stipulations
14        and shall not be renewed.
15            (I) Visiting international educator. A visiting
16        international educator endorsement on an Educator
17        License with Stipulations may be issued to an
18        individual who is being recruited by a particular
19        school district that conducts formal recruitment
20        programs outside of the United States to secure the
21        services of qualified teachers and who meets all of
22        the following requirements:
23                (i) Holds the equivalent of a minimum of a
24            bachelor's degree issued in the United States.
25                (ii) Has been prepared as a teacher at the
26            grade level for which he or she will be employed.

 

 

HB5552- 156 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1                (iii) Has adequate content knowledge in the
2            subject to be taught.
3                (iv) Has an adequate command of the English
4            language.
5            A holder of a visiting international educator
6        endorsement on an Educator License with Stipulations
7        shall be permitted to teach in bilingual education
8        programs in the language that was the medium of
9        instruction in his or her teacher preparation program,
10        provided that he or she passes the English Language
11        Proficiency Examination or another test of writing
12        skills in English identified by the State Board of
13        Education, in consultation with the State Educator
14        Preparation and Licensure Board.
15            A visiting international educator endorsement on
16        an Educator License with Stipulations is valid for 5
17        years and shall not be renewed.
18            (J) Paraprofessional educator. A paraprofessional
19        educator endorsement on an Educator License with
20        Stipulations may be issued to an applicant who holds a
21        high school diploma or its recognized equivalent and
22        (i) holds an associate's degree or a minimum of 60
23        semester hours of credit from a regionally accredited
24        institution of higher education; (ii) has passed a
25        paraprofessional competency test under subsection
26        (c-5) of Section 21B-30; or (iii) is at least 18 years

 

 

HB5552- 157 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        of age and will be using the Educator License with
2        Stipulations exclusively for grades prekindergarten
3        through grade 8, until the individual reaches the age
4        of 19 years and otherwise meets the criteria for a
5        paraprofessional educator endorsement pursuant to this
6        subparagraph (J). The paraprofessional educator
7        endorsement is valid until June 30 immediately
8        following 5 years of the endorsement being issued and
9        may be renewed through application and payment of the
10        appropriate fee, as required under Section 21B-40 of
11        this Code. An individual who holds only a
12        paraprofessional educator endorsement is not subject
13        to additional requirements in order to renew the
14        endorsement.
15            (K) Chief school business official. A chief school
16        business official endorsement on an Educator License
17        with Stipulations may be issued to an applicant who
18        qualifies by having a master's degree or higher, 2
19        years of full-time administrative experience in school
20        business management or 2 years of university-approved
21        practical experience, and a minimum of 24 semester
22        hours of graduate credit in a program approved by the
23        State Board of Education for the preparation of school
24        business administrators and by passage of the
25        applicable State tests, including an applicable
26        content area test.

 

 

HB5552- 158 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1            The chief school business official endorsement may
2        also be affixed to the Educator License with
3        Stipulations of any holder who qualifies by having a
4        master's degree in business administration, finance,
5        accounting, or public administration and who completes
6        an additional 6 semester hours of internship in school
7        business management from a regionally accredited
8        institution of higher education and passes the
9        applicable State tests, including an applicable
10        content area test. This endorsement shall be required
11        for any individual employed as a chief school business
12        official.
13            The chief school business official endorsement on
14        an Educator License with Stipulations is valid until
15        June 30 immediately following 5 years of the
16        endorsement being issued and may be renewed if the
17        license holder completes renewal requirements as
18        required for individuals who hold a Professional
19        Educator License endorsed for chief school business
20        official under Section 21B-45 of this Code and such
21        rules as may be adopted by the State Board of
22        Education.
23            The State Board of Education shall adopt any rules
24        necessary to implement Public Act 100-288.
25            (L) Provisional in-state educator. A provisional
26        in-state educator endorsement on an Educator License

 

 

HB5552- 159 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        with Stipulations may be issued to a candidate who has
2        completed an Illinois-approved educator preparation
3        program at an Illinois institution of higher education
4        and who has not successfully completed an
5        evidence-based assessment of teacher effectiveness but
6        who meets all of the following requirements:
7                (i) Holds at least a bachelor's degree.
8                (ii) Has completed an approved educator
9            preparation program at an Illinois institution.
10                (iii) Has passed an applicable content area
11            test, as required by Section 21B-30 of this Code.
12                (iv) Has attempted an evidence-based
13            assessment of teacher effectiveness and received a
14            minimum score on that assessment, as established
15            by the State Board of Education in consultation
16            with the State Educator Preparation and Licensure
17            Board.
18            A provisional in-state educator endorsement on an
19        Educator License with Stipulations is valid for one
20        full fiscal year after the date of issuance and may not
21        be renewed.
22            (M) (Blank).
23            (N) Specialized services. A specialized services
24        endorsement on an Educator License with Stipulations
25        may be issued as defined and specified by rule.
26            (O) Provisional career and technical educator. A

 

 

HB5552- 160 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        provisional career and technical educator endorsement
2        on an Educator License with Stipulations may be issued
3        to an applicant who has a minimum of 8,000 hours of
4        work experience in the skill for which the applicant
5        is seeking the endorsement. Each employing school
6        board and regional office of education shall provide
7        verification, in writing, to the State Superintendent
8        of Education at the time the application is submitted
9        that no qualified teacher holding a Professional
10        Educator License or an Educator License with
11        Stipulations with a career and technical educator
12        endorsement is available to teach and that actual
13        circumstances require such issuance.
14            A provisional career and technical educator
15        endorsement on an Educator License with Stipulations
16        is valid until June 30 immediately following 5 years
17        of the endorsement being issued and may be renewed.
18            An individual who holds a provisional career and
19        technical educator endorsement on an Educator License
20        with Stipulations may teach as a substitute teacher in
21        career and technical education classrooms.
22            An individual who holds a provisional career and
23        technical educator endorsement on an Educator License
24        with Stipulations is entitled to all of the rights and
25        privileges granted to a holder of a Professional
26        Educator License.

 

 

HB5552- 161 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1            (P) Provisional educator. A provisional educator
2        endorsement on an Educator License with Stipulations
3        may be issued to an applicant who was trained in
4        another state or country and meets the requirements of
5        Section 21B-35 but has not passed all applicable
6        content area tests to qualify for a Professional
7        Educator License.
8            A provisional educator endorsement on an Educator
9        License with Stipulations is valid for 2 full fiscal
10        years after the date of issuance and may not be
11        renewed. Only one Educator License with Stipulations
12        endorsed for provisional educator may be issued to an
13        educator.
14        (3) Substitute Teaching License. A Substitute Teaching
15    License may be issued to qualified applicants for
16    substitute teaching in all grades of the public schools,
17    prekindergarten through grade 12. Substitute Teaching
18    Licenses are not eligible for endorsements. Applicants for
19    a Substitute Teaching License must hold a bachelor's
20    degree or higher from a regionally accredited institution
21    of higher education or must be enrolled in an approved
22    educator preparation program in this State and have earned
23    at least 90 credit hours.
24        Substitute Teaching Licenses are valid for 5 years.
25        Substitute Teaching Licenses are valid for substitute
26    teaching in every county of this State. If an individual

 

 

HB5552- 162 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    has had his or her Professional Educator License or
2    Educator License with Stipulations suspended or revoked,
3    then that individual is not eligible to obtain a
4    Substitute Teaching License.
5        A substitute teacher may only teach in the place of a
6    licensed teacher who is under contract with the employing
7    board. If, however, there is no licensed teacher under
8    contract because of an emergency situation, then a
9    district may employ a substitute teacher for no longer
10    than 30 calendar days per each vacant position in the
11    district if the district notifies the appropriate regional
12    office of education within 5 business days after the
13    employment of the substitute teacher in that vacant
14    position. A district may continue to employ that same
15    substitute teacher in that same vacant position for 90
16    calendar days or until the end of the semester, whichever
17    is greater, if, prior to the expiration of the
18    30-calendar-day period then current, the district files a
19    written request with the appropriate regional office of
20    education for a 30-calendar-day extension on the basis
21    that the position remains vacant and the district
22    continues to actively seek qualified candidates and
23    provides documentation that it has provided training
24    specific to the position, including training on meeting
25    the needs of students with disabilities and English
26    learners if applicable. Each extension request shall be

 

 

HB5552- 163 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    granted in writing by the regional office of education. An
2    emergency situation is one in which an unforeseen vacancy
3    has occurred and (i) a teacher is unexpectedly unable to
4    fulfill his or her contractual duties or (ii) teacher
5    capacity needs of the district exceed previous indications
6    or vacancies are unfilled due to a lack of qualified
7    candidates, and the district is actively engaged in
8    advertising to hire a fully licensed teacher for the
9    vacant position.
10        There is no limit on the number of days that a
11    substitute teacher may teach in a single school district,
12    provided that no substitute teacher may teach for longer
13    than 120 days beginning with the 2021-2022 school year
14    through the 2022-2023 school year, otherwise 90 school
15    days for any one licensed teacher under contract in the
16    same school year. A substitute teacher who holds a
17    Professional Educator License or Educator License with
18    Stipulations shall not teach for more than 120 school days
19    for any one licensed teacher under contract in the same
20    school year. The limitations in this paragraph (3) on the
21    number of days a substitute teacher may be employed do not
22    apply to any school district operating under Article 34 of
23    this Code.
24        A school district may not require an individual who
25    holds a valid Professional Educator License or Educator
26    License with Stipulations to seek or hold a Substitute

 

 

HB5552- 164 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    Teaching License to teach as a substitute teacher.
2        (4) Short-Term Substitute Teaching License. Beginning
3    on July 1, 2018 and until June 30, 2028, applicants may
4    apply to the State Board of Education for issuance of a
5    Short-Term Substitute Teaching License. A Short-Term
6    Substitute Teaching License may be issued to a qualified
7    applicant for substitute teaching in all grades of the
8    public schools, prekindergarten through grade 12.
9    Short-Term Substitute Teaching Licenses are not eligible
10    for endorsements. Applicants for a Short-Term Substitute
11    Teaching License must hold an associate's degree or have
12    completed at least 60 credit hours from a regionally
13    accredited institution of higher education.
14        Short-Term Substitute Teaching Licenses are valid for
15    substitute teaching in every county of this State. If an
16    individual has had his or her Professional Educator
17    License or Educator License with Stipulations suspended or
18    revoked, then that individual is not eligible to obtain a
19    Short-Term Substitute Teaching License.
20        The provisions of Sections 10-21.9 and 34-18.5 of this
21    Code apply to short-term substitute teachers.
22        An individual holding a Short-Term Substitute Teaching
23    License may teach no more than 15 consecutive days per
24    licensed teacher who is under contract. For teacher
25    absences lasting 6 or more days per licensed teacher who
26    is under contract, a school district may not hire an

 

 

HB5552- 165 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    individual holding a Short-Term Substitute Teaching
2    License, unless the Governor has declared a disaster due
3    to a public health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the
4    Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act. An individual
5    holding a Short-Term Substitute Teaching License must
6    complete the training program under Section 10-20.67 or
7    34-18.60 of this Code to be eligible to teach at a public
8    school. Short-Term Substitute Teaching Licenses under this
9    Section are valid for 5 years.
10(Source: P.A. 103-111, eff. 6-29-23; 103-154, eff. 6-30-23;
11103-193, eff. 1-1-24; 103-564, eff. 11-17-23; 103-617, eff.
127-1-24; 104-128, eff. 1-1-26; 104-316, eff. 8-15-25; revised
1311-20-25.)
 
14    (105 ILCS 5/21B-30)
15    Sec. 21B-30. Educator testing.
16    (a) (Blank).
17    (b) The State Board of Education, in consultation with the
18State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board, shall design
19and implement a system of examinations, which shall be
20required prior to the issuance of educator licenses. These
21examinations and indicators must be based on national and
22State professional teaching standards, as determined by the
23State Board of Education, in consultation with the State
24Educator Preparation and Licensure Board. By July 1, 2027, the
25State Superintendent of Education shall begin incorporating

 

 

HB5552- 166 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1the following topics into revised examinations for individuals
2seeking a Professional Educator License endorsed in teaching
3or administration, excluding a chief school business official
4endorsement: (i) methods of instruction of the exceptional
5child; (ii) methods of reading and reading in the content
6area; and (iii) instructional strategies for English learners.
7The State Board of Education may adopt such rules as may be
8necessary to implement and administer this Section.
9    (c) (Blank).
10    (c-5) The State Board must adopt rules to implement a
11paraprofessional competency test. This test would allow an
12applicant seeking an Educator License with Stipulations with a
13paraprofessional educator endorsement to obtain the
14endorsement if he or she passes the test and meets the other
15requirements of subparagraph (J) of paragraph (2) of Section
1621B-20 other than the higher education requirements.
17    (d) All applicants seeking a State license shall be
18required to pass a test of content area knowledge for each area
19of endorsement for which there is an applicable test. There
20shall be no exception to this requirement except for an
21applicant seeking a school support personnel endorsement who
22holds an active and valid professional license issued by the
23Department of Financial and Professional Regulation in the
24same subject matter as the endorsement sought, as specified by
25rule by the State Board, or as provided under subparagraph (P)
26of paragraph (1) of Section 21B-20. However, notwithstanding

 

 

HB5552- 167 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1any other law to the contrary, individuals seeking a
2short-term approval for school support personnel, as defined
3in rules, are not required to take the test of content area
4knowledge prior to the short-term approval being issued.
5    (d-5) The State Board shall consult with any applicable
6vendors within 90 days after July 28, 2023 (the effective date
7of Public Act 103-402) to develop a plan to transition the test
8of content area knowledge in the endorsement area of
9elementary education, grades one through 6, by July 1, 2026 to
10a content area test that contains testing elements that cover
11bilingualism, biliteracy, oral language development,
12foundational literacy skills, and developmentally appropriate
13higher-order comprehension and on which a valid and reliable
14language and literacy subscore can be determined. The State
15Board shall base its rules concerning the passing subscore on
16the language and literacy portion of the test on the
17recommended cut-score determined in the formal
18standard-setting process. Candidates need not achieve a
19particular subscore in the area of language and literacy. The
20State Board shall aggregate and publish the number of
21candidates in each preparation program who take the test and
22the number who pass the language and literacy portion.
23    (e) (Blank).
24    (f) Beginning on August 4, 2023 (the effective date of
25Public Act 103-488) through August 31, 2026, no candidate
26completing a teacher preparation program in this State or

 

 

HB5552- 168 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1candidate subject to Section 21B-35 of this Code is required
2to pass a teacher performance assessment. Except as otherwise
3provided in this Article, beginning on September 1, 2015 until
4August 4, 2023 (the effective date of Public Act 103-488) and
5beginning again on September 1, 2029, all candidates
6completing teacher preparation programs in this State and all
7candidates subject to Section 21B-35 of this Code are required
8to pass a teacher performance assessment approved by the State
9Board of Education, in consultation with the State Educator
10Preparation and Licensure Board. Any candidate who has
11successfully completed student teaching or has met one of the
12student teaching exceptions set forth in rules prior to
13September 1, 2029 2028 is exempt from this requirement. A
14candidate may not be required to submit test materials by
15video submission. Subject to appropriation, an individual who
16holds a Professional Educator License and is employed for a
17minimum of one school year by a school district designated as
18Tier 1 under Section 18-8.15 may, after application to the
19State Board, receive from the State Board a refund for any
20costs associated with completing the teacher performance
21assessment under this subsection.
22    Beginning on September 1, 2026 through August 31, 2029,
23all institutions of higher education offering educator
24preparation programs in this State shall participate in the
25pilot program set forth in Section 21B-32 for the teacher
26performance assessment developed by the State Board of

 

 

HB5552- 169 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1Education.
2    The State Board of Education shall adopt rules for the
3administration of this subsection.
4    (f-5) The Teacher Performance Assessment Task Force is
5created to evaluate potential performance-based and objective
6teacher performance assessment systems for implementation
7across all educator preparation programs in this State, with
8the intention of ensuring consistency across programs and
9supporting a thoughtful and well-rounded licensure system.
10Members appointed to the Task Force must reflect the racial,
11ethnic, and geographic diversity of this State. The Task Force
12shall consist of all of the following members:
13        (1) One member of the Senate, appointed by the
14    President of the Senate.
15        (2) One member of the Senate, appointed by the
16    Minority Leader of the Senate.
17        (3) One member of the House of Representatives,
18    appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives.
19        (4) One member of the House of Representatives,
20    appointed by the Minority Leader of the House of
21    Representatives.
22        (5) One member who represents a statewide professional
23    teachers' organization, appointed by the State
24    Superintendent of Education.
25        (6) One member who represents a different statewide
26    professional teachers' organization, appointed by the

 

 

HB5552- 170 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    State Superintendent of Education.
2        (7) One member from a statewide organization
3    representing school principals, appointed by the State
4    Superintendent of Education.
5        (8) One member from a statewide organization
6    representing regional superintendents of schools,
7    appointed by the State Superintendent of Education.
8        (9) One member from a statewide organization
9    representing school administrators, appointed by the State
10    Superintendent of Education.
11        (10) One member representing a school district
12    organized under Article 34 of this Code, appointed by the
13    State Superintendent of Education.
14        (11) One member of an association representing rural
15    and small schools, appointed by the State Superintendent
16    of Education.
17        (12) One member representing a suburban school
18    district, appointed by the State Superintendent of
19    Education.
20        (13) One member from a statewide organization
21    representing school districts in the southern suburbs of
22    the City of Chicago, appointed by the State Superintendent
23    of Education.
24        (14) One member from a statewide organization
25    representing large unit school districts, appointed by the
26    State Superintendent of Education.

 

 

HB5552- 171 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        (15) One member from a statewide organization
2    representing school districts in the collar counties of
3    the City of Chicago, appointed by the State Superintendent
4    of Education.
5        (16) Three members, each representing a different
6    public university in this State and each a current member
7    of the faculty of an approved educator preparation
8    program, appointed by the State Superintendent of
9    Education.
10        (17) Three members, each representing a different
11    4-year nonpublic university or college in this State and
12    each a current member of the faculty of an approved
13    educator preparation program, appointed by the State
14    Superintendent of Education.
15        (18) One member of the Board of Higher Education,
16    appointed by the State Superintendent of Education.
17        (19) One member representing a statewide policy
18    organization advocating on behalf of multilingual students
19    and families, appointed by the State Superintendent of
20    Education.
21        (20) One member representing a statewide organization
22    focused on research-based education policy to support a
23    school system that prepares all students for college, a
24    career, and democratic citizenship, appointed by the State
25    Superintendent of Education.
26        (21) Two members representing an early childhood

 

 

HB5552- 172 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    advocacy organization, appointed by the State
2    Superintendent of Education.
3        (22) One member representing a statewide organization
4    that partners with educator preparation programs and
5    school districts to support the growth and development of
6    preservice teachers, appointed by the State Superintendent
7    of Education.
8        (23) One member representing a statewide organization
9    that advocates for educational equity and racial justice
10    in schools, appointed by the State Superintendent of
11    Education.
12        (24) One member representing a statewide organization
13    that represents school boards, appointed by the State
14    Superintendent of Education.
15        (25) One member who has, within the last 5 years,
16    served as a cooperating teacher, appointed by the State
17    Superintendent of Education.
18    Members of the Task Force shall serve without
19compensation. The Task Force shall first meet at the call of
20the State Superintendent of Education, and each subsequent
21meeting shall be called by the chairperson of the Task Force,
22who shall be designated by the State Superintendent of
23Education. The State Board of Education shall provide
24administrative and other support to the Task Force.
25    On or before October 31, 2024, the Task Force shall report
26on its work, including recommendations on a teacher

 

 

HB5552- 173 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1performance assessment system in this State, to the State
2Board of Education and the General Assembly. The Task Force is
3dissolved upon submission of this report.
4    (g) The content area knowledge test and the teacher
5performance assessment shall be the tests that from time to
6time are designated by the State Board of Education, in
7consultation with the State Educator Preparation and Licensure
8Board, and may be tests prepared by an educational testing
9organization or tests designed by the State Board of
10Education, in consultation with the State Educator Preparation
11and Licensure Board. The test of content area knowledge shall
12assess content knowledge in a specific subject field. The
13tests must be designed to be racially neutral to ensure that no
14person taking the tests is discriminated against on the basis
15of race, color, national origin, or other factors unrelated to
16the person's ability to perform as a licensed employee. The
17score required to pass the tests shall be fixed by the State
18Board of Education, in consultation with the State Educator
19Preparation and Licensure Board. The State Board of
20Education's rules for scoring the content area knowledge test
21may include scoring and retaking of each test section
22separately and independently. The tests shall be administered
23not fewer than 3 times a year at such time and place as may be
24designated by the State Board of Education, in consultation
25with the State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board.
26    The State Board shall implement a test or tests to assess

 

 

HB5552- 174 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1the speaking, reading, writing, and grammar skills of
2applicants for an endorsement or a license issued under
3subdivision (G) of paragraph (2) of Section 21B-20 of this
4Code in the English language and in the language of the
5transitional bilingual education program requested by the
6applicant.
7    (g-5) On or before July 1, 2026, the State Board of
8Education shall post publicly on its website the process by
9which the State Board or any entity designated by the State
10Board evaluates content area knowledge tests to determine
11content validity, an absence of bias, or the scores required
12to pass such tests. The State Board shall also make the
13following information publicly available on its website:
14        (1) the process by which members are selected to form
15    a committee or group to make the determinations set forth
16    in this subsection (g-5); and
17        (2) the agenda and summary of each meeting of any such
18    committee or group.
19    (h) Except as provided in Section 34-6 of this Code, the
20provisions of this Section shall apply equally in any school
21district subject to Article 34 of this Code.
22    (i) The rules developed to implement and enforce the
23testing requirements under this Section shall include, without
24limitation, provisions governing test selection, test
25validation, and determination of a passing score,
26administration of the tests, frequency of administration,

 

 

HB5552- 175 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1applicant fees, frequency of applicants taking the tests, the
2years for which a score is valid, and appropriate special
3accommodations. The State Board of Education shall develop
4such rules as may be needed to ensure uniformity from year to
5year in the level of difficulty for each form of an assessment.
6(Source: P.A. 103-402, eff. 7-28-23; 103-488, eff. 8-4-23;
7103-605, eff. 7-1-24; 103-780, eff. 8-2-24; 103-811, eff.
88-9-24; 103-846, eff. 8-9-24; 104-128, eff. 1-1-26; 104-385,
9eff. 1-1-26; 104-399, eff. 1-1-26; revised 9-12-25.)
 
10    (105 ILCS 5/21B-32)
11    (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2028)
12    Sec. 21B-32. Teacher Performance Assessment Advisory
13Committee.
14    (a) The State Superintendent of Education shall establish
15a Teacher Performance Assessment Advisory Committee of no more
16than 15 members to aid in operationalizing and creating a
17pilot, State-developed, teacher performance assessment (TPA).
18The Committee shall, at a minimum, do all of the following:
19        (1) Create materials and resources that are necessary
20    for the implementation of a TPA.
21        (2) Identify sources of evidence required for the
22    evaluation of a TPA.
23        (3) Monitor a multiyear pilot program to create a
24    State-developed TPA and make recommendations informed by
25    collected data of modifications to the TPA.

 

 

HB5552- 176 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        (4) Support the State Board of Education in developing
2    rubrics and the resources necessary for the completion and
3    evaluation of the valid and reliable assessment, creating
4    the required training for evaluators of the assessment,
5    implementing the multiyear pilot program, including, but
6    not limited to, establishing criteria and sufficient
7    evidence for successful completion of the TPA, and
8    recommending refinements to the assessment as needed.
9    (b) The membership of the Committee shall include
10individuals with expertise in assessment development,
11including statisticians and psychometricians, and individuals
12with expertise in the elements of effective teaching,
13including current Illinois educators. The membership of the
14Committee shall represent the ethnic, racial, and geographic
15diversity of this State and include expertise across early
16childhood, elementary, middle, and high school settings, as
17well as expertise in the instruction of English learners and
18students with disabilities.
19    (c) The State Board of Education shall provide
20administrative support to the Committee.
21    (d) Members of the Committee shall serve without
22compensation, but may be reimbursed for reasonable and
23necessary expenses, including travel, from funds appropriated
24to the State Board of Education for that purpose, subject to
25the rules of the appropriate travel control board.
26    (e) The first meeting of the Committee shall be at the call

 

 

HB5552- 177 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1of the State Superintendent, and each subsequent meeting shall
2be at the call of the chairperson, who shall be designated by
3the State Superintendent. The Committee shall hold regular
4meetings at least quarterly and such other meetings as
5determined by its chairperson.
6    (f) Data from completed pilot TPAs from institutions of
7higher education with approved educator preparation programs
8shall be shared with the Committee, which shall, as
9applicable, provide an annual recommendation on the use of the
10TPA to the State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board and
11the State Board of Education.
12    (g) The State Board of Education, in consultation with the
13Committee, may adopt such rules as may be necessary for the
14administration of this Section.
15    (h) This Section is repealed on January 1, 2029 2028.
16(Source: P.A. 104-128, eff. 1-1-26.)
 
17    (105 ILCS 5/21B-35)
18    Sec. 21B-35. Minimum requirements for educators trained in
19other states or countries.
20    (a) Any applicant who has not been entitled by an
21Illinois-approved educator preparation program at an Illinois
22institution of higher education applying for a Professional
23Educator License endorsed in a teaching field or school
24support personnel area must meet the following requirements:
25        (1) the applicant must:

 

 

HB5552- 178 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1            (A) hold a comparable and valid educator license
2        or certificate, as defined by rule, with similar grade
3        level and content area credentials from another state,
4        with the State Board of Education having the authority
5        to determine what constitutes similar grade level and
6        content area credentials from another state;
7            (B) have a bachelor's degree from a regionally
8        accredited institution of higher education;
9            (C) (blank); and
10            (D) have successfully passed all State
11        examinations required by Section 21B-30; however, an
12        applicant who has successfully completed a test of
13        content, as defined by rules, at the time of initial
14        licensure in another state is not required to complete
15        a test of content area knowledge under Section 21B-30;
16        or
17        (2) the applicant must:
18            (A) have completed a state-approved program for
19        the licensure area sought, including . Until July 1,
20        2027 or the date that the revised test for a particular
21        content area is implemented, whichever is later, the
22        program must include coursework concerning (i) methods
23        of instruction of the exceptional child, (ii) methods
24        of reading that align with all applicable standards
25        set forth in Part 23 of Title 23 of the Illinois
26        Administrative Code and reading in the content area,

 

 

HB5552- 179 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        and (iii) instructional strategies for English
2        learners; however, an applicant who has successfully
3        completed the revised State examination identified in
4        subsection (b) of Section 21B-30 and a state-approved
5        program does not need to show completion of the
6        coursework identified in this subparagraph (A);
7            (B) have a bachelor's degree from a regionally
8        accredited institution of higher education;
9            (C) have successfully met all Illinois examination
10        requirements, except that:
11                (i) (blank);
12                (ii) an applicant who has successfully
13            completed a test of content, as defined by rules,
14            at the time of initial licensure in another state
15            is not required to complete a test of content area
16            knowledge under Section 21B-30; and
17                (iii) an applicant for a teaching endorsement
18            who has successfully completed an evidence-based
19            assessment of teacher effectiveness, as defined by
20            rules, at the time of initial licensure in another
21            state is not required to complete an
22            evidence-based assessment of teacher
23            effectiveness; and
24            (D) for an applicant for a teaching endorsement,
25        have completed student teaching or an equivalent
26        experience or, for an applicant for a school service

 

 

HB5552- 180 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        personnel endorsement, have completed an internship or
2        an equivalent experience.
3    (b) In order to receive a Professional Educator License
4endorsed in a teaching field or school support personnel area,
5applicants trained in another country must meet all of the
6following requirements:
7        (1) Have completed a comparable education program in
8    another country.
9        (2) Have had transcripts evaluated by an evaluation
10    service approved by the State Superintendent of Education.
11        (3) Have a degree comparable to a degree from a
12    regionally accredited institution of higher education.
13        (4) Have Until July 1, 2027 or the date that the
14    revised test for a particular content area is implemented,
15    whichever is later, have completed coursework aligned to
16    standards concerning (i) methods of instruction of the
17    exceptional child, (ii) methods of reading that align with
18    all applicable standards set forth in Part 26 of Title 23
19    of the Illinois Administrative Code and reading in the
20    content area, and (iii) instructional strategies for
21    English learners. However, applicants who have
22    successfully completed the revised State examination
23    identified in subsection (b) of Section 21B-30 are exempt
24    from this paragraph (4), and applicants Applicants seeking
25    a school support personnel endorsement are exempt from
26    this paragraph (4).

 

 

HB5552- 181 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        (5) (Blank).
2        (6) (Blank).
3        (7) Have successfully met all State licensure
4    examination requirements.
5        (8) Have completed student teaching or an equivalent
6    experience.
7        (9) (Blank).
8    (b-5) All applicants who have not been entitled by an
9Illinois-approved educator preparation program at an Illinois
10institution of higher education and applicants trained in
11another country applying for a Professional Educator License
12endorsed for principal or superintendent must hold a master's
13degree from a regionally accredited institution of higher
14education and hold a comparable and valid educator license or
15certificate with similar grade level and subject matter
16credentials, with the State Board of Education having the
17authority to determine what constitutes similar grade level
18and subject matter credentials from another state, or must
19meet all of the following requirements:
20        (1) Have completed an educator preparation program
21    approved by another state or comparable educator program
22    in another country leading to the receipt of a license or
23    certificate for the Illinois endorsement sought.
24        (2) Have successfully met all State licensure
25    examination requirements, as required by Section 21B-30 of
26    this Code. However, applicants who have successfully

 

 

HB5552- 182 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    completed a test of content, as defined by rules, at the
2    time of initial licensure in another state are not
3    required to complete a test of content area knowledge.
4        (2.5) Have completed an internship, as defined by
5    rule.
6        (3) (Blank).
7        (4) Have Until July 1, 2027 or the date that the
8    revised test for a particular content area is implemented,
9    whichever is later, have completed coursework aligned to
10    standards concerning (i) methods of instruction of the
11    exceptional child, (ii) methods of reading that align with
12    all applicable standards set forth in Part 26 of Title 23
13    of the Illinois Administrative Code and reading in the
14    content area, and (iii) instructional strategies for
15    English learners. However, applicants who have
16    successfully completed the revised State examination
17    identified in subsection (b) of Section 21B-30 are exempt
18    from this paragraph (4).
19        (4.5) (Blank).
20        (5) Have completed a master's degree.
21        (6) Have successfully completed teaching, school
22    support, or administrative experience as defined by rule.
23    (b-7) All applicants who have not been entitled by an
24Illinois-approved educator preparation program at an Illinois
25institution of higher education applying for a Professional
26Educator License endorsed for Director of Special Education

 

 

HB5552- 183 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1must hold a master's degree from a regionally accredited
2institution of higher education and must hold a comparable and
3valid educator license or certificate with similar grade level
4and subject matter credentials, with the State Board of
5Education having the authority to determine what constitutes
6similar grade level and subject matter credentials from
7another state, or must meet all of the following requirements:
8        (1) Have completed a master's degree.
9        (2) Have 2 years of full-time experience providing
10    special education services.
11        (3) Have successfully completed all examination
12    requirements, as required by Section 21B-30 of this Code.
13    However, applicants who have successfully completed a test
14    of content, as defined by rules, at the time of initial
15    licensure in another state are not required to complete a
16    test of content area knowledge.
17        (4) Have Until July 1, 2027 or the date that the
18    revised test for a particular content area is implemented,
19    whichever is later, have completed coursework aligned to
20    standards concerning (i) methods of instruction of the
21    exceptional child, (ii) methods of reading that align with
22    all applicable standards set forth in Part 26 of Title 23
23    of the Illinois Administrative Code and reading in the
24    content area, and (iii) instructional strategies for
25    English learners. However, applicants who have
26    successfully completed the revised State examination

 

 

HB5552- 184 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    identified in subsection (b) of Section 21B-30 are exempt
2    from this paragraph (4).
3    (b-10) All applicants who have not been entitled by an
4Illinois-approved educator preparation program at an Illinois
5institution of higher education applying for a Professional
6Educator License endorsed for chief school business official
7must hold a master's degree from a regionally accredited
8institution of higher education and must hold a comparable and
9valid educator license or certificate with similar grade level
10and subject matter credentials, with the State Board of
11Education having the authority to determine what constitutes
12similar grade level and subject matter credentials from
13another state, or must meet all of the following requirements:
14        (1) Have completed a master's degree in school
15    business management, finance, or accounting.
16        (2) Have successfully completed an internship in
17    school business management or have 2 years of experience
18    as a school business administrator.
19        (3) Have successfully met all State examination
20    requirements, as required by Section 21B-30 of this Code.
21    However, applicants who have successfully completed a test
22    of content, as defined by rules, at the time of initial
23    licensure in another state are not required to complete a
24    test of content area knowledge.
25        (4) (Blank).
26    (c) The State Board of Education, in consultation with the

 

 

HB5552- 185 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board, may adopt such
2rules as may be necessary to implement this Section.
3(Source: P.A. 103-402, eff. 7-28-23; 104-128, eff. 1-1-26.)
 
4    (105 ILCS 5/21B-40)
5    Sec. 21B-40. Fees.
6    (a) Beginning with the start of the new licensure system
7established pursuant to this Article, the following fees shall
8be charged to applicants:
9        (1) A $100 application fee for a Professional Educator
10    License or an Educator License with Stipulations.
11        (1.5) A $50 application fee for a Substitute Teaching
12    License. If the application for a Substitute Teaching
13    License is made and granted after July 1, 2017, the
14    licensee may apply for a refund of the application fee
15    within 18 months of issuance of the new license and shall
16    be issued that refund by the State Board of Education if
17    the licensee provides evidence to the State Board of
18    Education that the licensee has taught pursuant to the
19    Substitute Teaching License at least 10 full school days
20    within one year of issuance.
21        (1.7) A $25 application fee for a Short-Term
22    Substitute Teaching License. The Short-Term Substitute
23    Teaching License must be registered in at least one region
24    in this State, but does not require a registration fee.
25    The licensee may apply for a refund of the application fee

 

 

HB5552- 186 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    within 18 months of issuance of the new license and shall
2    be issued that refund by the State Board of Education if
3    the licensee provides evidence to the State Board of
4    Education that the licensee has taught pursuant to the
5    Short-Term Substitute Teaching License at least 10 full
6    school days within one year of issuance. The application
7    fee for a Short-Term Substitute Teaching License shall be
8    waived when the Governor has declared a disaster due to a
9    public health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the
10    Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act.
11        (2) A $150 application fee for individuals who have
12    not been entitled by an Illinois-approved educator
13    preparation program at an Illinois institution of higher
14    education and are seeking any of the licenses set forth in
15    subdivision (1) of this subsection (a).
16        (3) A $50 application fee for each endorsement or
17    approval.
18        (4) A $10 per year registration fee for the course of
19    the validity cycle to register the license, which shall be
20    paid to the regional office of education having
21    supervision and control over the school in which the
22    individual holding the license is to be employed. If the
23    individual holding the license is not yet employed, then
24    the license may be registered in any county in this State.
25    The registration fee must be paid in its entirety the
26    first time the individual registers the license for a

 

 

HB5552- 187 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    particular validity period in a single region. No
2    additional fee may be charged for that validity period
3    should the individual subsequently register the license in
4    additional regions. An individual must register the
5    license (i) immediately after initial issuance of the
6    license and (ii) at the beginning of each renewal cycle if
7    the individual has satisfied the renewal requirements
8    required under this Code.
9        Beginning on July 1, 2017, at the beginning of each
10    renewal cycle, individuals who hold a Substitute Teaching
11    License may apply for a reimbursement of the registration
12    fee within 18 months of renewal and shall be issued that
13    reimbursement by the State Board of Education from funds
14    appropriated for that purpose if the licensee provides
15    evidence to the State Board of Education that the licensee
16    has taught pursuant to the Substitute Teaching License at
17    least 10 full school days within one year of renewal.
18        (5) The license renewal fee for an Educator License
19    with Stipulations with a paraprofessional educator
20    endorsement is $25.
21    (b) All application fees paid pursuant to subdivisions (1)
22through (3) of subsection (a) of this Section shall be
23deposited into the Teacher Licensure Certificate Fee Revolving
24Fund and shall be used, subject to appropriation, by the State
25Board of Education to provide the technology and human
26resources necessary for the timely and efficient processing of

 

 

HB5552- 188 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1applications and for the renewal of licenses. Funds available
2from the Teacher Licensure Certificate Fee Revolving Fund may
3also be used by the State Board of Education to support the
4recruitment and retention of educators, to support educator
5preparation programs in preparing high quality educators as
6they seek national accreditation, and to provide professional
7development aligned with the requirements set forth in Section
821B-45 of this Code. A majority of the funds in the Teacher
9Licensure Certificate Fee Revolving Fund must be dedicated to
10the timely and efficient processing of applications and for
11the renewal of licenses. The Teacher Licensure Certificate Fee
12Revolving Fund is not subject to administrative charge
13transfers, authorized under Section 8h of the State Finance
14Act, from the Teacher Licensure Certificate Fee Revolving Fund
15into any other fund of this State, and moneys in the Teacher
16Licensure Certificate Fee Revolving Fund shall not revert back
17to the General Revenue Fund at any time.
18    The regional superintendent of schools shall deposit the
19registration fees paid pursuant to subdivision (4) of
20subsection (a) of this Section into the institute fund
21established pursuant to Section 3-11 of this Code.
22    (c) The State Board of Education and each regional office
23of education are authorized to charge a service or convenience
24fee for the use of credit cards for the payment of license
25fees. This service or convenience fee shall not exceed the
26amount required by the credit card processing company or

 

 

HB5552- 189 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1vendor that has entered into a contract with the State Board or
2regional office of education for this purpose, and the fee
3must be paid to that company or vendor.
4    (d) If, at the time a certificate issued under Article 21
5of this Code is exchanged for a license issued under this
6Article, a person has paid registration fees for any years of
7the validity period of the certificate and these years have
8not expired when the certificate is exchanged, then those fees
9must be applied to the registration of the new license.
10(Source: P.A. 101-81, eff. 7-12-19; 101-570, eff. 8-23-19;
11102-867, eff. 5-13-22.)
 
12    (105 ILCS 5/22-30)
13    Sec. 22-30. Self-administration and self-carry of asthma
14medication and epinephrine delivery systems injectors;
15administration of undesignated epinephrine delivery systems
16injectors; administration of an opioid antagonist;
17administration of undesignated asthma medication; supply of
18undesignated oxygen tanks; asthma episode emergency response
19protocol.
20    (a) For the purpose of this Section only, the following
21terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
22    "Asthma action plan" means a written plan developed with a
23pupil's medical provider to help control the pupil's asthma.
24The goal of an asthma action plan is to reduce or prevent
25flare-ups and emergency department visits through day-to-day

 

 

HB5552- 190 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1management and to serve as a student-specific document to be
2referenced in the event of an asthma episode.
3    "Asthma episode emergency response protocol" means a
4procedure to provide assistance to a pupil experiencing
5symptoms of wheezing, coughing, shortness of breath, chest
6tightness, or breathing difficulty.
7    "Epinephrine delivery system" means any form of
8epinephrine that is approved by the United States Food and
9Drug Administration, including any device that contains a dose
10of epinephrine, and that is used to administer epinephrine
11into the human body to prevent or treat a life-threatening
12allergic reaction injector" includes an auto-injector approved
13by the United States Food and Drug Administration for the
14administration of epinephrine and a pre-filled syringe
15approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration and
16used for the administration of epinephrine that contains a
17pre-measured dose of epinephrine that is equivalent to the
18dosages used in an auto-injector.
19    "Asthma medication" means quick-relief asthma medication,
20including albuterol or other short-acting bronchodilators,
21that is approved by the United States Food and Drug
22Administration for the treatment of respiratory distress.
23"Asthma medication" includes medication delivered through a
24device, including a metered dose inhaler with a reusable or
25disposable spacer or a nebulizer with a mouthpiece or mask.
26    "Opioid antagonist" means a drug that binds to opioid

 

 

HB5552- 191 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1receptors and blocks or inhibits the effect of opioids acting
2on those receptors, including, but not limited to, naloxone
3hydrochloride or any other similarly acting drug approved by
4the U.S. Food and Drug Administration.
5    "Respiratory distress" means the perceived or actual
6presence of wheezing, coughing, shortness of breath, chest
7tightness, breathing difficulty, or any other symptoms
8consistent with asthma. Respiratory distress may be
9categorized as "mild-to-moderate" or "severe".
10    "School nurse" means a registered nurse working in a
11school with or without licensure endorsed in school nursing.
12    "Self-administration" means a pupil's discretionary use of
13his or her prescribed asthma medication or epinephrine
14delivery system injector.
15    "Self-carry" means a pupil's ability to carry his or her
16prescribed asthma medication or epinephrine delivery system
17injector.
18    "Standing protocol" may be issued by (i) a physician
19licensed to practice medicine in all its branches, (ii) a
20licensed physician assistant with prescriptive authority, or
21(iii) a licensed advanced practice registered nurse with
22prescriptive authority.
23    "Trained personnel" means any school employee or volunteer
24personnel authorized in Sections 10-22.34, 10-22.34a, and
2510-22.34b of this Code who has completed training under
26subsection (g) of this Section to recognize and respond to

 

 

HB5552- 192 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1anaphylaxis, an opioid overdose, or respiratory distress.
2    "Undesignated asthma medication" means asthma medication
3prescribed in the name of a school district, public school,
4charter school, or nonpublic school.
5    "Undesignated epinephrine delivery system injector" means
6an epinephrine delivery system injector prescribed in the name
7of a school district, public school, charter school, or
8nonpublic school.
9    (b) A school, whether public, charter, or nonpublic, must
10permit the self-administration and self-carry of asthma
11medication by a pupil with asthma or the self-administration
12and self-carry of an epinephrine delivery system injector by a
13pupil, provided that:
14        (1) the parents or guardians of the pupil provide to
15    the school (i) written authorization from the parents or
16    guardians for (A) the self-administration and self-carry
17    of asthma medication or (B) the self-carry of asthma
18    medication or (ii) for (A) the self-administration and
19    self-carry of an epinephrine delivery system injector or
20    (B) the self-carry of an epinephrine delivery system
21    injector, written authorization from the pupil's
22    physician, physician assistant, or advanced practice
23    registered nurse; and
24        (2) the parents or guardians of the pupil provide to
25    the school (i) the prescription label, which must contain
26    the name of the asthma medication, the prescribed dosage,

 

 

HB5552- 193 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    and the time at which or circumstances under which the
2    asthma medication is to be administered, or (ii) for the
3    self-administration or self-carry of an epinephrine
4    delivery system injector, a written statement from the
5    pupil's physician, physician assistant, or advanced
6    practice registered nurse containing the following
7    information:
8            (A) the name and purpose of the epinephrine
9        delivery system injector;
10            (B) the prescribed dosage; and
11            (C) the time or times at which or the special
12        circumstances under which the epinephrine delivery
13        system injector is to be administered.
14The information provided shall be kept on file in the office of
15the school nurse or, in the absence of a school nurse, the
16school's administrator.
17    (b-5) A school district, public school, charter school, or
18nonpublic school may authorize the provision of a
19student-specific or undesignated epinephrine delivery system
20injector to a student or any personnel authorized under a
21student's Individual Health Care Action Plan, allergy
22emergency action plan, or plan pursuant to Section 504 of the
23federal Rehabilitation Act of 1973 to administer an
24epinephrine delivery system injector to the student, that
25meets the student's prescription on file.
26    (b-10) The school district, public school, charter school,

 

 

HB5552- 194 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1or nonpublic school may authorize a school nurse or trained
2personnel to do the following: (i) provide an undesignated
3epinephrine delivery system injector to a student for
4self-administration only or any personnel authorized under a
5student's Individual Health Care Action Plan, allergy
6emergency action plan, plan pursuant to Section 504 of the
7federal Rehabilitation Act of 1973, or individualized
8education program plan to administer to the student that meets
9the student's prescription on file; (ii) administer an
10undesignated epinephrine delivery system injector that meets
11the prescription on file to any student who has an Individual
12Health Care Action Plan, allergy emergency action plan, plan
13pursuant to Section 504 of the federal Rehabilitation Act of
141973, or individualized education program plan that authorizes
15the use of an epinephrine delivery system injector; (iii)
16administer an undesignated epinephrine delivery system
17injector to any person that the school nurse or trained
18personnel in good faith believes is having an anaphylactic
19reaction; (iv) administer an opioid antagonist to any person
20that the school nurse or trained personnel in good faith
21believes is having an opioid overdose; (v) provide
22undesignated asthma medication to a student for
23self-administration only or to any personnel authorized under
24a student's Individual Health Care Action Plan or asthma
25action plan, plan pursuant to Section 504 of the federal
26Rehabilitation Act of 1973, or individualized education

 

 

HB5552- 195 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1program plan to administer to the student that meets the
2student's prescription on file; (vi) administer undesignated
3asthma medication that meets the prescription on file to any
4student who has an Individual Health Care Action Plan or
5asthma action plan, plan pursuant to Section 504 of the
6federal Rehabilitation Act of 1973, or individualized
7education program plan that authorizes the use of asthma
8medication; and (vii) administer undesignated asthma
9medication to any person that the school nurse or trained
10personnel believes in good faith is having respiratory
11distress.
12    (c) The school district, public school, charter school, or
13nonpublic school must inform the parents or guardians of the
14pupil, in writing, that the school district, public school,
15charter school, or nonpublic school and its employees and
16agents, including a physician, physician assistant, or
17advanced practice registered nurse providing standing protocol
18and a prescription for school epinephrine delivery systems
19injectors, an opioid antagonist, or undesignated asthma
20medication, are to incur no liability or professional
21discipline, except for willful and wanton conduct, as a result
22of any injury arising from the administration of asthma
23medication, an epinephrine delivery system injector, or an
24opioid antagonist regardless of whether authorization was
25given by the pupil's parents or guardians or by the pupil's
26physician, physician assistant, or advanced practice

 

 

HB5552- 196 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1registered nurse. The parents or guardians of the pupil must
2sign a statement acknowledging that the school district,
3public school, charter school, or nonpublic school and its
4employees and agents are to incur no liability, except for
5willful and wanton conduct, as a result of any injury arising
6from the administration of asthma medication, an epinephrine
7delivery system injector, or an opioid antagonist regardless
8of whether authorization was given by the pupil's parents or
9guardians or by the pupil's physician, physician assistant, or
10advanced practice registered nurse and that the parents or
11guardians must indemnify and hold harmless the school
12district, public school, charter school, or nonpublic school
13and its employees and agents against any claims, except a
14claim based on willful and wanton conduct, arising out of the
15administration of asthma medication, an epinephrine delivery
16system injector, or an opioid antagonist regardless of whether
17authorization was given by the pupil's parents or guardians or
18by the pupil's physician, physician assistant, or advanced
19practice registered nurse.
20    (c-5) When a school nurse or trained personnel administers
21an undesignated epinephrine delivery system injector to a
22person whom the school nurse or trained personnel in good
23faith believes is having an anaphylactic reaction, administers
24an opioid antagonist to a person whom the school nurse or
25trained personnel in good faith believes is having an opioid
26overdose, or administers undesignated asthma medication to a

 

 

HB5552- 197 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1person whom the school nurse or trained personnel in good
2faith believes is having respiratory distress, notwithstanding
3the lack of notice to the parents or guardians of the pupil or
4the absence of the parents or guardians signed statement
5acknowledging no liability, except for willful and wanton
6conduct, the school district, public school, charter school,
7or nonpublic school and its employees and agents, and a
8physician, a physician assistant, or an advanced practice
9registered nurse providing standing protocol and a
10prescription for undesignated epinephrine delivery systems
11injectors, an opioid antagonist, or undesignated asthma
12medication, are to incur no liability or professional
13discipline, except for willful and wanton conduct, as a result
14of any injury arising from the use of an undesignated
15epinephrine delivery system injector, the use of an opioid
16antagonist, or the use of undesignated asthma medication,
17regardless of whether authorization was given by the pupil's
18parents or guardians or by the pupil's physician, physician
19assistant, or advanced practice registered nurse.
20    (d) The permission for self-administration and self-carry
21of asthma medication or the self-administration and self-carry
22of an epinephrine delivery system injector is effective for
23the school year for which it is granted and shall be renewed
24each subsequent school year upon fulfillment of the
25requirements of this Section.
26    (e) Provided that the requirements of this Section are

 

 

HB5552- 198 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1fulfilled, a pupil with asthma may self-administer and
2self-carry his or her asthma medication or a pupil may
3self-administer and self-carry an epinephrine delivery system
4injector (i) while in school, (ii) while at a school-sponsored
5activity, (iii) while under the supervision of school
6personnel, or (iv) before or after normal school activities,
7such as while in before-school or after-school care on
8school-operated property or while being transported on a
9school bus.
10    (e-5) Provided that the requirements of this Section are
11fulfilled, a school nurse or trained personnel may administer
12an undesignated epinephrine delivery system injector to any
13person whom the school nurse or trained personnel in good
14faith believes to be having an anaphylactic reaction (i) while
15in school, (ii) while at a school-sponsored activity, (iii)
16while under the supervision of school personnel, or (iv)
17before or after normal school activities, such as while in
18before-school or after-school care on school-operated property
19or while being transported on a school bus. A school nurse or
20trained personnel may carry undesignated epinephrine delivery
21systems injectors on his or her person while in school or at a
22school-sponsored activity.
23    (e-10) Provided that the requirements of this Section are
24fulfilled, a school nurse or trained personnel may administer
25an opioid antagonist to any person whom the school nurse or
26trained personnel in good faith believes to be having an

 

 

HB5552- 199 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1opioid overdose (i) while in school, (ii) while at a
2school-sponsored activity, (iii) while under the supervision
3of school personnel, or (iv) before or after normal school
4activities, such as while in before-school or after-school
5care on school-operated property. A school nurse or trained
6personnel may carry an opioid antagonist on his or her person
7while in school or at a school-sponsored activity.
8    (e-15) If the requirements of this Section are met, a
9school nurse or trained personnel may administer undesignated
10asthma medication to any person whom the school nurse or
11trained personnel in good faith believes to be experiencing
12respiratory distress (i) while in school, (ii) while at a
13school-sponsored activity, (iii) while under the supervision
14of school personnel, or (iv) before or after normal school
15activities, including before-school or after-school care on
16school-operated property. A school nurse or trained personnel
17may carry undesignated asthma medication on his or her person
18while in school or at a school-sponsored activity.
19    (f) The school district, public school, charter school, or
20nonpublic school may maintain a supply of undesignated
21epinephrine delivery systems injectors in any secure location
22that is accessible before, during, and after school where an
23allergic person is most at risk, including, but not limited
24to, classrooms and lunchrooms. A physician, a physician
25assistant who has prescriptive authority in accordance with
26Section 7.5 of the Physician Assistant Practice Act of 1987,

 

 

HB5552- 200 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1or an advanced practice registered nurse who has prescriptive
2authority in accordance with Section 65-40 of the Nurse
3Practice Act may prescribe undesignated epinephrine delivery
4systems injectors in the name of the school district, public
5school, charter school, or nonpublic school to be maintained
6for use when necessary. Any supply of epinephrine delivery
7systems injectors shall be maintained in accordance with the
8manufacturer's instructions.
9    The school district, public school, charter school, or
10nonpublic school shall maintain a supply of an opioid
11antagonist in any secure location where an individual may have
12an opioid overdose, unless there is a shortage of opioid
13antagonists, in which case the school district, public school,
14charter school, or nonpublic school shall make a reasonable
15effort to maintain a supply of an opioid antagonist. Unless
16the school district, public school, charter school, or
17nonpublic school is able to obtain opioid antagonists without
18a prescription, a health care professional who has been
19delegated prescriptive authority for opioid antagonists in
20accordance with Section 5-23 of the Substance Use Disorder Act
21shall prescribe opioid antagonists in the name of the school
22district, public school, charter school, or nonpublic school,
23to be maintained for use when necessary. Any supply of opioid
24antagonists shall be maintained in accordance with the
25manufacturer's instructions.
26    The school district, public school, charter school, or

 

 

HB5552- 201 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1nonpublic school may maintain a supply of asthma medication in
2any secure location that is accessible before, during, or
3after school where a person is most at risk, including, but not
4limited to, a classroom or the nurse's office. A physician, a
5physician assistant who has prescriptive authority under
6Section 7.5 of the Physician Assistant Practice Act of 1987,
7or an advanced practice registered nurse who has prescriptive
8authority under Section 65-40 of the Nurse Practice Act may
9prescribe undesignated asthma medication in the name of the
10school district, public school, charter school, or nonpublic
11school to be maintained for use when necessary. Any supply of
12undesignated asthma medication must be maintained in
13accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
14    A school district that provides special educational
15facilities for children with disabilities under Section
1614-4.01 of this Code may maintain a supply of undesignated
17oxygen tanks in any secure location that is accessible before,
18during, and after school where a person with developmental
19disabilities is most at risk, including, but not limited to,
20classrooms and lunchrooms. A physician, a physician assistant
21who has prescriptive authority in accordance with Section 7.5
22of the Physician Assistant Practice Act of 1987, or an
23advanced practice registered nurse who has prescriptive
24authority in accordance with Section 65-40 of the Nurse
25Practice Act may prescribe undesignated oxygen tanks in the
26name of the school district that provides special educational

 

 

HB5552- 202 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1facilities for children with disabilities under Section
214-4.01 of this Code to be maintained for use when necessary.
3Any supply of oxygen tanks shall be maintained in accordance
4with the manufacturer's instructions and with the local fire
5department's rules.
6    (f-3) Whichever entity initiates the process of obtaining
7undesignated epinephrine delivery systems injectors and
8providing training to personnel for carrying and administering
9undesignated epinephrine delivery systems injectors shall pay
10for the costs of the undesignated epinephrine delivery systems
11injectors.
12    (f-5) Upon any administration of an epinephrine delivery
13system injector, a school district, public school, charter
14school, or nonpublic school must immediately activate the EMS
15system and notify the student's parent, guardian, or emergency
16contact, if known.
17    Upon any administration of an opioid antagonist, a school
18district, public school, charter school, or nonpublic school
19must immediately activate the EMS system and notify the
20student's parent, guardian, or emergency contact, if known.
21    (f-10) Within 24 hours of the administration of an
22undesignated epinephrine delivery system injector, a school
23district, public school, charter school, or nonpublic school
24must notify the physician, physician assistant, or advanced
25practice registered nurse who provided the standing protocol
26and a prescription for the undesignated epinephrine delivery

 

 

HB5552- 203 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1system injector of its use.
2    Within 24 hours after the administration of an opioid
3antagonist, a school district, public school, charter school,
4or nonpublic school must notify the health care professional
5who provided the prescription for the opioid antagonist of its
6use.
7    Within 24 hours after the administration of undesignated
8asthma medication, a school district, public school, charter
9school, or nonpublic school must notify the student's parent
10or guardian or emergency contact, if known, and the physician,
11physician assistant, or advanced practice registered nurse who
12provided the standing protocol and a prescription for the
13undesignated asthma medication of its use. The district or
14school must follow up with the school nurse, if available, and
15may, with the consent of the child's parent or guardian,
16notify the child's health care provider of record, as
17determined under this Section, of its use.
18    (g) Prior to the administration of an undesignated
19epinephrine delivery system injector, trained personnel must
20submit to the school's administration proof of completion of a
21training curriculum to recognize and respond to anaphylaxis
22that meets the requirements of subsection (h) of this Section.
23Training must be completed annually. The school district,
24public school, charter school, or nonpublic school must
25maintain records related to the training curriculum and
26trained personnel.

 

 

HB5552- 204 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    Prior to the administration of an opioid antagonist,
2trained personnel must submit to the school's administration
3proof of completion of a training curriculum to recognize and
4respond to an opioid overdose, which curriculum must meet the
5requirements of subsection (h-5) of this Section. The school
6district, public school, charter school, or nonpublic school
7must maintain records relating to the training curriculum and
8the trained personnel.
9    Prior to the administration of undesignated asthma
10medication, trained personnel must submit to the school's
11administration proof of completion of a training curriculum to
12recognize and respond to respiratory distress, which must meet
13the requirements of subsection (h-10) of this Section.
14Training must be completed annually, and the school district,
15public school, charter school, or nonpublic school must
16maintain records relating to the training curriculum and the
17trained personnel.
18    (h) A training curriculum to recognize and respond to
19anaphylaxis, including the administration of an undesignated
20epinephrine delivery system injector, may be conducted online
21or in person.
22    Training shall include, but is not limited to:
23        (1) how to recognize signs and symptoms of an allergic
24    reaction, including anaphylaxis;
25        (2) how to administer an epinephrine delivery system
26    injector; and

 

 

HB5552- 205 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        (3) a test demonstrating competency of the knowledge
2    required to recognize anaphylaxis and administer an
3    epinephrine delivery system injector.
4    Training may also include, but is not limited to:
5        (A) a review of high-risk areas within a school and
6    its related facilities;
7        (B) steps to take to prevent exposure to allergens;
8        (C) emergency follow-up procedures, including the
9    importance of calling 9-1-1 or, if 9-1-1 is not available,
10    other local emergency medical services;
11        (D) how to respond to a student with a known allergy,
12    as well as a student with a previously unknown allergy;
13        (E) other criteria as determined in rules adopted
14    pursuant to this Section; and
15        (F) any policy developed by the State Board of
16    Education under Section 2-3.190.
17    In consultation with statewide professional organizations
18representing physicians licensed to practice medicine in all
19of its branches, registered nurses, and school nurses, the
20State Board of Education shall make available resource
21materials consistent with criteria in this subsection (h) for
22educating trained personnel to recognize and respond to
23anaphylaxis. The State Board may take into consideration the
24curriculum on this subject developed by other states, as well
25as any other curricular materials suggested by medical experts
26and other groups that work on life-threatening allergy issues.

 

 

HB5552- 206 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1The State Board is not required to create new resource
2materials. The State Board shall make these resource materials
3available on its Internet website.
4    (h-5) A training curriculum to recognize and respond to an
5opioid overdose, including the administration of an opioid
6antagonist, may be conducted online or in person. The training
7must comply with any training requirements under Section 5-23
8of the Substance Use Disorder Act and the corresponding rules.
9It must include, but is not limited to:
10        (1) how to recognize symptoms of an opioid overdose;
11        (2) information on drug overdose prevention and
12    recognition;
13        (3) how to perform rescue breathing and resuscitation;
14        (4) how to respond to an emergency involving an opioid
15    overdose;
16        (5) opioid antagonist dosage and administration;
17        (6) the importance of calling 9-1-1 or, if 9-1-1 is
18    not available, other local emergency medical services;
19        (7) care for the overdose victim after administration
20    of the overdose antagonist;
21        (8) a test demonstrating competency of the knowledge
22    required to recognize an opioid overdose and administer a
23    dose of an opioid antagonist; and
24        (9) other criteria as determined in rules adopted
25    pursuant to this Section.
26    (h-10) A training curriculum to recognize and respond to

 

 

HB5552- 207 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1respiratory distress, including the administration of
2undesignated asthma medication, may be conducted online or in
3person. The training must include, but is not limited to:
4        (1) how to recognize symptoms of respiratory distress
5    and how to distinguish respiratory distress from
6    anaphylaxis;
7        (2) how to respond to an emergency involving
8    respiratory distress;
9        (3) asthma medication dosage and administration;
10        (4) the importance of calling 9-1-1 or, if 9-1-1 is
11    not available, other local emergency medical services;
12        (5) a test demonstrating competency of the knowledge
13    required to recognize respiratory distress and administer
14    asthma medication; and
15        (6) other criteria as determined in rules adopted
16    under this Section.
17    (i) Within 3 days after the administration of an
18undesignated epinephrine delivery system injector by a school
19nurse, trained personnel, or a student at a school or
20school-sponsored activity, the school must report to the State
21Board of Education in a form and manner prescribed by the State
22Board the following information:
23        (1) age and type of person receiving epinephrine
24    (student, staff, visitor);
25        (2) any previously known diagnosis of a severe
26    allergy;

 

 

HB5552- 208 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        (3) trigger that precipitated allergic episode;
2        (4) location where symptoms developed;
3        (5) number of doses administered;
4        (6) type of person administering epinephrine (school
5    nurse, trained personnel, student); and
6        (7) any other information required by the State Board.
7    If a school district, public school, charter school, or
8nonpublic school maintains or has an independent contractor
9providing transportation to students who maintains a supply of
10undesignated epinephrine delivery systems injectors, then the
11school district, public school, charter school, or nonpublic
12school must report that information to the State Board of
13Education upon adoption or change of the policy of the school
14district, public school, charter school, nonpublic school, or
15independent contractor, in a manner as prescribed by the State
16Board. The report must include the number of undesignated
17epinephrine delivery systems injectors in supply.
18    (i-5) Within 3 days after the administration of an opioid
19antagonist by a school nurse or trained personnel, the school
20must report to the State Board of Education, in a form and
21manner prescribed by the State Board, the following
22information:
23        (1) the age and type of person receiving the opioid
24    antagonist (student, staff, or visitor);
25        (2) the location where symptoms developed;
26        (3) the type of person administering the opioid

 

 

HB5552- 209 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    antagonist (school nurse or trained personnel); and
2        (4) any other information required by the State Board.
3    (i-10) Within 3 days after the administration of
4undesignated asthma medication by a school nurse, trained
5personnel, or a student at a school or school-sponsored
6activity, the school must report to the State Board of
7Education, on a form and in a manner prescribed by the State
8Board of Education, the following information:
9        (1) the age and type of person receiving the asthma
10    medication (student, staff, or visitor);
11        (2) any previously known diagnosis of asthma for the
12    person;
13        (3) the trigger that precipitated respiratory
14    distress, if identifiable;
15        (4) the location of where the symptoms developed;
16        (5) the number of doses administered;
17        (6) the type of person administering the asthma
18    medication (school nurse, trained personnel, or student);
19        (7) the outcome of the asthma medication
20    administration; and
21        (8) any other information required by the State Board.
22    (j) By October 1, 2015 and every year thereafter, the
23State Board of Education shall submit a report to the General
24Assembly identifying the frequency and circumstances of
25undesignated epinephrine and undesignated asthma medication
26administration during the preceding academic year. Beginning

 

 

HB5552- 210 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1with the 2017 report, the report shall also contain
2information on which school districts, public schools, charter
3schools, and nonpublic schools maintain or have independent
4contractors providing transportation to students who maintain
5a supply of undesignated epinephrine delivery systems
6injectors. This report shall be published on the State Board's
7Internet website on the date the report is delivered to the
8General Assembly.
9    (j-5) Annually, each school district, public school,
10charter school, or nonpublic school shall request an asthma
11action plan from the parents or guardians of a pupil with
12asthma. If provided, the asthma action plan must be kept on
13file in the office of the school nurse or, in the absence of a
14school nurse, the school administrator. Copies of the asthma
15action plan may be distributed to appropriate school staff who
16interact with the pupil on a regular basis, and, if
17applicable, may be attached to the pupil's federal Section 504
18plan or individualized education program plan.
19    (j-10) To assist schools with emergency response
20procedures for asthma, the State Board of Education, in
21consultation with statewide professional organizations with
22expertise in asthma management and a statewide organization
23representing school administrators, shall develop a model
24asthma episode emergency response protocol before September 1,
252016. Each school district, charter school, and nonpublic
26school shall adopt an asthma episode emergency response

 

 

HB5552- 211 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1protocol before January 1, 2017 that includes all of the
2components of the State Board's model protocol.
3    (j-15) (Blank).
4    (j-20) On or before October 1, 2016 and every year
5thereafter, the State Board of Education shall submit a report
6to the General Assembly and the Department of Public Health
7identifying the frequency and circumstances of opioid
8antagonist administration during the preceding academic year.
9This report shall be published on the State Board's Internet
10website on the date the report is delivered to the General
11Assembly.
12    (k) The State Board of Education may adopt rules necessary
13to implement this Section.
14    (l) Nothing in this Section shall limit the amount of
15epinephrine delivery systems injectors that any type of school
16or student may carry or maintain a supply of.
17(Source: P.A. 102-413, eff. 8-20-21; 102-813, eff. 5-13-22;
18103-175, eff. 6-30-23; 103-196, eff. 1-1-24; 103-348, eff.
191-1-24; 103-542, eff. 7-1-24 (see Section 905 of P.A. 103-563
20for effective date of P.A. 103-542); 103-605, eff. 7-1-24.)
 
21    (105 ILCS 5/24A-20)
22    Sec. 24A-20. State Board of Education data collection and
23evaluation assessment and support systems.
24    (a) The State Board of Education shall, through a process
25involving collaboration with the Performance Evaluation

 

 

HB5552- 212 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1Advisory Committee, develop or contract for the development of
2and implement all of the following data collection and
3evaluation assessment and support systems:
4        (1) A system to annually collect and publish data by
5    district and school on teacher and administrator
6    performance evaluation outcomes. The system must ensure
7    that no teacher or administrator can be personally
8    identified by publicly reported data.
9        (2) (Blank). Both a teacher and principal model
10    evaluation template. The model templates must incorporate
11    the requirements of this Article and any other
12    requirements established by the State Board by
13    administrative rule, but allow customization by districts
14    in a manner that does not conflict with such requirements.
15        (3) An evaluator pre-qualification program based on
16    the model teacher evaluation template.
17        (4) An evaluator training program based on the model
18    teacher evaluation template. The training program shall
19    provide multiple training options that account for the
20    prior training and experience of the evaluator.
21        (5) A superintendent training program based on the
22    model principal evaluation template.
23        (6) One or more instruments to provide feedback to
24    principals on the instructional environment within a
25    school.
26        (7) A State Board-provided or approved technical

 

 

HB5552- 213 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    assistance system that supports districts with the
2    development and implementation of teacher and principal
3    evaluation systems.
4        (8) Web-based systems and tools supporting
5    implementation of the model templates and the evaluator
6    pre-qualification and training programs.
7        (9) A process for measuring and reporting correlations
8    between local principal and teacher evaluations and the
9    retention rates of teachers.
10        (10) (Blank).
11    (b) (Blank).
12    (c) Districts shall submit data and information to the
13State Board on teacher and principal performance evaluations
14and evaluation plans in accordance with procedures and
15requirements for submissions established by the State Board.
16Such data shall include, without limitation, (i) data on the
17performance rating given to all teachers in contractual
18continued service, (ii) data on district recommendations to
19renew or not renew teachers not in contractual continued
20service, and (iii) data on the performance rating given to all
21principals.
22    (d) If the State Board of Education does not timely
23fulfill any of the requirements set forth in Sections 24A-7
24and 24A-20, and adequate and sustainable federal, State, or
25other funds are not provided to the State Board of Education
26and school districts to meet their responsibilities under this

 

 

HB5552- 214 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1Article, the applicable implementation date shall be postponed
2by the number of calendar days equal to those needed by the
3State Board of Education to fulfill such requirements and for
4the adequate and sustainable funds to be provided to the State
5Board of Education and school districts. The determination as
6to whether the State Board of Education has fulfilled any or
7all requirements set forth in Sections 24A-7 and 24A-20 and
8whether adequate and sustainable funds have been provided to
9the State Board of Education and school districts shall be
10made by the State Board of Education in consultation with the
11P-20 Council.
12    (e) The State Board of Education shall annually report
13teacher evaluation data from each school in the State. The
14State Board's report shall include:
15        (1) data from the most recent performance evaluation
16    ratings issued for all nontenured teachers and teachers in
17    contractual continued service disaggregated by the race
18    and ethnicity of teachers; and
19        (2) data from the most recent performance evaluation
20    ratings for all nontenured teachers and teachers in
21    contractual continued service disaggregated by the race,
22    ethnicity, and eligibility status for free or
23    reduced-price lunch of students in the school where the
24    teachers work.
25    The report shall contain data in an aggregate format. The
26report with the aggregate data is not confidential pursuant to

 

 

HB5552- 215 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1Section 24A-7.1 of this Code unless an individual teacher is
2personally identifiable in the report. With respect to the
3report, the underlying data and any personally identifying
4information of a teacher shall be confidential. The State
5Board shall provide the data in the report in a format that
6prevents identification of individual teachers.
7(Source: P.A. 103-452, eff. 1-1-24; 104-20, eff. 7-1-25.)
 
8    (105 ILCS 5/26A-20)
9    Sec. 26A-20. Review and revision of policies and
10procedures.
11    (a) No later than July 1, 2026 2024 and every 2 years
12thereafter, each school district must review all existing
13policies and procedures and must revise any existing policies
14and procedures that may act as a barrier to the immediate
15enrollment and re-enrollment, attendance, graduation, and
16success in school of any student who is a student parent,
17expectant student parent, or victim of domestic or sexual
18violence or any policies or procedures that may compromise a
19criminal investigation relating to domestic or sexual violence
20or may re-victimize students. A school district must adopt new
21policies and procedures, as needed, to implement this Section
22and to ensure that immediate and effective steps are taken to
23respond to students who are student parents, expectant
24parents, or victims of domestic or sexual violence.
25    (b) A school district's policy must be consistent with the

 

 

HB5552- 216 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1model policy and procedures adopted by the State Board of
2Education and under Public Act 101-531.
3    (c) A school district's policy on the procedures that a
4student or his or her parent or guardian may follow if he or
5she chooses to report an incident of alleged domestic or
6sexual violence must, at a minimum, include all of the
7following:
8        (1) The name and contact information for domestic or
9    sexual violence and parenting resource personnel, the
10    Title IX coordinator, school and school district resource
11    officers or security, and a community-based domestic or
12    sexual violence organization.
13        (2) The name, title, and contact information for
14    confidential resources and a description of what
15    confidential reporting means.
16        (3) An option for the student or the student's parent
17    or guardian to electronically, anonymously, and
18    confidentially report the incident.
19        (4) An option for reports by third parties and
20    bystanders.
21        (5) Information regarding the various individuals,
22    departments, or organizations to whom a student may report
23    an incident of domestic or sexual violence, specifying for
24    each individual or entity (i) the extent of the
25    individual's or entity's reporting obligation to the
26    school's or school district's administration, Title IX

 

 

HB5552- 217 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    coordinator, or other personnel or entity, (ii) the
2    individual's or entity's ability to protect the student's
3    privacy, and (iii) the extent of the individual's or
4    entity's ability to have confidential communications with
5    the student or his or her parent or guardian.
6        (6) The adoption of a complaint resolution procedure
7    as provided in Section 26A-25.
8    (d) A school district must post its revised policies and
9procedures on its website, distribute them at the beginning of
10each school year to each student, and make copies available to
11each student and his or her parent or guardian for inspection
12and copying at no cost to the student or parent or guardian at
13each school within a school district.
14(Source: P.A. 102-466, eff. 7-1-25.)
 
15    (105 ILCS 5/26A-25)
16    Sec. 26A-25. Complaint resolution procedure.
17    (a) On or before July 1, 2026 2024, each school district
18must adopt one procedure to resolve complaints of violations
19of this amendatory Act of the 102nd General Assembly. The
20respondent must be one or more of the following: the school,
21school district, or school personnel. These procedures shall
22comply with the confidentiality provisions of Sections 26A-20
23and 26A-30. The procedures must include, at minimum, all of
24the following:
25        (1) The opportunity to consider the most appropriate

 

 

HB5552- 218 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    means to execute the procedure considering school safety,
2    the developmental level of students, methods to reduce
3    trauma during the procedure, and how to avoid multiple
4    communications with students involved with an alleged
5    incident of domestic or sexual violence.
6        (2) Any proceeding, meeting, or hearing held to
7    resolve complaints of any violation of this amendatory Act
8    of the 102nd General Assembly must protect the privacy of
9    the participating parties and witnesses. A school, school
10    district, or school personnel may not disclose the
11    identity of parties or witnesses, except as necessary to
12    resolve the complaint or to implement interim protective
13    measures and reasonable support services or when required
14    by State or federal law.
15        (3) Complainants alleging violations of this
16    amendatory Act of the 102nd General Assembly must have the
17    opportunity to request that the complaint resolution
18    procedure begin promptly and proceed in a timely manner.
19    (b) A school district must determine the individuals who
20will resolve complaints of violations of this amendatory Act
21of the 102nd General Assembly.
22        (1) All individuals whose duties include resolution of
23    complaints of violations of this amendatory Act of the
24    102nd General Assembly must complete training on issues
25    related to domestic and sexual violence and how to conduct
26    the school's complaint resolution procedure, which may

 

 

HB5552- 219 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    include the in-service training required under subsection
2    (d) of Section 10-22.39, before commencement of those
3    duties, and must receive such training annually
4    thereafter. This training must be conducted by an
5    individual or individuals with expertise in domestic or
6    sexual violence in youth and expertise in developmentally
7    appropriate communications with elementary and secondary
8    school students regarding topics of a sexual, violent, or
9    sensitive nature and may include an individual who is a
10    certified, domestic-violence advocate or a school-based,
11    mental-health professional.
12        (2) Each school must have a sufficient number of
13    individuals trained to resolve complaints so that (i) a
14    substitution can occur in the case of a conflict of
15    interest or recusal, (ii) an individual with no prior
16    involvement in the initial determination or finding may
17    hear any appeal brought by a party, and (iii) the
18    complaint resolution procedure proceeds in a timely
19    manner.
20        (3) The complainant and any witnesses shall (i)
21    receive notice of the name of the individual with
22    authority to make a finding or approve an accommodation in
23    the proceeding before the individual may initiate contact
24    with the complainant and any witnesses and (ii) have the
25    opportunity to request a substitution if the participation
26    of an individual with authority to make a finding or

 

 

HB5552- 220 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    approve an accommodation poses a conflict of interest.
2    (c) When the alleged violation of this amendatory Act of
3the 102nd General Assembly involves making a determination or
4finding of responsibility of causing harm:
5        (1) The individual making the finding must use a
6    preponderance of evidence standard to determine whether
7    the incident occurred.
8        (2) The complainant and respondent and any witnesses
9    may not directly or through a representative question one
10    another. At the discretion of the individual resolving the
11    complaint, the complainant and the respondent may suggest
12    questions to be posed by the individual resolving the
13    complaint and if the individual resolving the complaint
14    decides to pose such questions.
15        (3) A live hearing is not required. If the complaint
16    resolution procedure includes a hearing, no student who is
17    a witness, including the complainant, may be compelled to
18    testify in the presence of a party or other witness. If a
19    witness invokes this right to testify outside the presence
20    of the other party or other witnesses, then the school
21    district must provide an option by which each party may,
22    at a minimum, hear such witnesses' testimony.
23    (d) Each party and witness may request and must be allowed
24to have a representative or support persons of their choice
25accompany them to any meeting or proceeding related to the
26alleged violence or violation of this amendatory Act of the

 

 

HB5552- 221 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1102nd General Assembly if the involvement of the
2representative or support persons does not result in undue
3delay of the meeting or proceeding. This representative or
4support persons must comply with any rules of the school
5district's complaint resolution procedure. If the
6representative or support persons violate the rules or engage
7in behavior or advocacy that harasses, abuses, or intimidates
8either party, a witness, or an individual resolving the
9complaint, the representative or support person may be
10prohibited from further participation in the meeting or
11proceeding.
12    (e) The complainant, regardless of the level of
13involvement in the complaint resolution procedure, and the
14respondent must have the opportunity to provide or present
15evidence and witnesses on their behalf during the complaint
16resolution procedure.
17    (f) The complainant and respondent and any named
18perpetrator directly impacted by the results of the complaint
19resolution procedure, are entitled to simultaneous written
20notification of the results of the complaint resolution
21procedure, including information regarding appeals rights and
22procedures, within 10 business days after a decision or sooner
23if required by State or federal law or district policy.
24        (1) The complainant, respondents, and named
25    perpetrator if directly impacted by the results of the
26    complaint resolution procedure must, at a minimum, have

 

 

HB5552- 222 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    the right to timely appeal the complaint resolution
2    procedure's findings or remedies if a party alleges (i) a
3    procedural error occurred, (ii) new information exists
4    that would substantially change the outcome of the
5    proceeding, (iii) the remedy is not sufficiently related
6    to the finding, or (iv) the decision is against the weight
7    of the evidence.
8        (2) An individual reviewing the findings or remedies
9    may not have previously participated in the complaint
10    resolution procedure and may not have a conflict of
11    interest with either party.
12        (3) The complainant and respondent and any
13    perpetrators directly impacted by the results of the
14    complaint resolution procedure must receive the appeal
15    decision, in writing, within 15 10 business days, but
16    never more than 15 business days, after the conclusion of
17    the review of findings or remedies or sooner if required
18    by State or federal law.
19    (g) Each school district must have a procedure to
20determine interim protective measures and support services
21available pending the resolution of the complaint including
22the implementation of court orders.
23(Source: P.A. 104-391, eff. 8-15-25.)
 
24    (105 ILCS 5/26A-35)
25    Sec. 26A-35. Domestic or sexual violence and parenting

 

 

HB5552- 223 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1resource personnel.
2    (a) Each school district shall designate or appoint at
3least one staff person at each school in the district who is
4employed at least part time at the school and who is a school
5social worker, school psychologist, school counselor, school
6nurse, or school administrator trained to address, in a
7survivor-centered, trauma responsive, culturally responsive,
8confidential, and sensitive manner, the needs of students who
9are parents, expectant parents, or victims of domestic or
10sexual violence. The designated or appointed staff person must
11have all of the following duties:
12        (1) To connect students who are parents, expectant
13    parents, or victims of domestic or sexual violence to
14    appropriate in-school services or other agencies,
15    programs, or services as needed.
16        (2) To coordinate the implementation of the school's
17    and school district's policies, procedures, and protocols
18    in cases involving student allegations of domestic or
19    sexual violence.
20        (3) To coordinate the implementation of the school's
21    and school district's policies and procedures as set forth
22    in provisions of this Code concerning students who are
23    parents, expectant parents, or victims of domestic or
24    sexual violence.
25        (4) To assist students described in paragraph (1) in
26    their efforts to exercise and preserve their rights as set

 

 

HB5552- 224 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    forth in provisions of this Code concerning students who
2    are parents, expectant parents, or victims of domestic or
3    sexual violence.
4        (5) To assist in providing staff development to
5    establish a positive and sensitive learning environment
6    for students described in paragraph (1).
7    (b) A member of staff who is designated or appointed under
8subsection (a) must (i) be trained to understand, provide
9information and referrals, and address issues pertaining to
10youth who are parents, expectant parents, or victims of
11domestic or sexual violence, including the theories and
12dynamics of domestic and sexual violence, the necessity for
13confidentiality and the law, policy, procedures, and protocols
14implementing confidentiality, and the notification of the
15student's parent or guardian regarding the student's status as
16a parent, expectant parent, or victim of domestic or sexual
17violence or the enforcement of the student's rights under this
18Code if the notice of the student's status or the involvement
19of the student's parent or guardian may put the health or
20safety of the student at risk, including the rights of minors
21to consent to counseling services and psychotherapy under the
22Mental Health and Developmental Disabilities Code, or (ii) at
23a minimum, have participated in an in-service training program
24under subsection (d) of Section 10-22.39 that includes
25training on the rights of minors to consent to counseling
26services and psychotherapy under the Mental Health and

 

 

HB5552- 225 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1Developmental Disabilities Code within 12 months prior to his
2or her designation or appointment.
3    (c) A school district must designate or appoint and train
4all domestic or sexual violence and parenting resource
5personnel, and the personnel must assist in implementing the
6duties as described in this Section no later than July 1, 2026
7June 30, 2024, except in those school districts in which there
8exists a collective bargaining agreement on the effective date
9of this amendatory Act of the 102nd General Assembly and the
10implementation of this Section would be a violation of that
11collective bargaining agreement. If implementation of some
12activities required under this Section is prevented by an
13existing collective bargaining agreement, a school district
14must comply with this Section to the fullest extent allowed by
15the existing collective bargaining agreement no later than
16July 1, 2026 June 30, 2024. In those instances in which a
17collective bargaining agreement that either fully or partially
18prevents full implementation of this Section expires after
19June 30, 2026 2024, a school district must designate or
20appoint and train all domestic and sexual violence and
21parenting resource personnel, who shall implement the duties
22described in this Section no later than the effective date of
23the new collective bargaining agreement that immediately
24succeeds the collective bargaining agreement in effect on the
25effective date of this amendatory Act of the 102nd General
26Assembly.

 

 

HB5552- 226 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1(Source: P.A. 102-466, eff. 7-1-25.)
 
2    (105 ILCS 5/27-225)  (was 105 ILCS 110/5)
3    Sec. 27-225. Advisory committee. An advisory committee
4consisting of 11 members is hereby established as follows: the
5Director of Public Health or his or her designee, the
6Secretary of Human Services or his or her designee and an
7additional person representing the Department of Human
8Services designated by the Secretary, the Director of Children
9and Family Services or his or her designee, and 7 members to be
10appointed by the State Superintendent Board of Education and
11to be chosen, insofar as is possible, from the following
12groups: colleges and universities, voluntary health agencies,
13medicine, dentistry, professional health associations,
14teachers, administrators, members of local boards of
15education, and lay citizens.
16    Public The original public members shall, upon their
17appointment, serve until July 1, 1973, and, thereafter, new
18appointments of public members shall be made in like manner
19and such members shall serve for 4-year terms commencing on
20July 1, 1973 and until their successors are appointed and
21qualified. Public members may be reappointed to serve
22additional 4-year terms. Vacancies in the terms of public
23members shall be filled in a like manner as original
24appointments for the balance of the unexpired terms. The
25members of the advisory committee shall receive no

 

 

HB5552- 227 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1compensation but shall be reimbursed for actual and necessary
2expenses incurred in the performance of their duties. Such
3committee shall select a chairperson and establish rules and
4procedures for its proceedings not inconsistent with the
5provisions of this Act.
6    Such committee shall advise the State Board of Education
7on all matters relating to the implementation of the
8provisions of this Act. The committee shall assist in
9presenting advice and interpretation concerning a
10comprehensive health education program to the Illinois public,
11especially as related to critical health problems. The
12committee shall also assist in establishing a sound
13understanding and sympathetic relationship between such
14comprehensive health education program and the public health,
15welfare, and educational programs of other agencies in the
16community.
17(Source: P.A. 104-391, eff. 8-15-25.)
 
18    (105 ILCS 5/27-605)  (was 105 ILCS 5/27-22)
19    Sec. 27-605. Required high school courses.
20    (a) (Blank).
21    (b) (Blank).
22    (c) (Blank).
23    (d) (Blank).
24    (e) Through the 2023-2024 school year, as a prerequisite
25to receiving a high school diploma, each pupil entering the

 

 

HB5552- 228 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

19th grade must, in addition to other course requirements,
2successfully complete all of the following courses:
3        (1) Four years of language arts.
4        (2) Two years of writing intensive courses, one of
5    which must be English and the other of which may be English
6    or any other subject. When applicable, writing-intensive
7    courses may be counted towards the fulfillment of other
8    graduation requirements.
9        (3) Three years of mathematics, one of which must be
10    Algebra I, one of which must include geometry content, and
11    one of which may be an Advanced Placement computer science
12    course. A mathematics course that includes geometry
13    content may be offered as an integrated, applied,
14    interdisciplinary, or career and technical education
15    course that prepares a student for a career readiness
16    path.
17        (3.5) For pupils entering the 9th grade in the
18    2022-2023 school year and 2023-2024 school year, one year
19    of a course that includes intensive instruction in
20    computer literacy, which may be English, social studies,
21    or any other subject and which may be counted toward the
22    fulfillment of other graduation requirements.
23        (4) Two years of science.
24        (5) Two years of social studies, of which at least one
25    year must be history of the United States or a combination
26    of history of the United States and American government

 

 

HB5552- 229 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    and, beginning with pupils entering the 9th grade in the
2    2016-2017 school year and each school year thereafter, at
3    least one semester must be civics, which shall help young
4    people acquire and learn to use the skills, knowledge, and
5    attitudes that will prepare them to be competent and
6    responsible citizens throughout their lives. Civics course
7    content shall focus on government institutions, the
8    discussion of current and controversial issues, service
9    learning, and simulations of the democratic process.
10    School districts may utilize private funding available for
11    the purposes of offering civics education. Beginning with
12    pupils entering the 9th grade in the 2021-2022 school
13    year, one semester, or part of one semester, may include a
14    financial literacy course.
15        (6) One year chosen from (A) music, (B) art, (C)
16    foreign language, which shall be deemed to include
17    American Sign Language, (D) vocational education, or (E)
18    forensic speech (speech and debate). A forensic speech
19    course used to satisfy the course requirement under
20    subdivision (1) may not be used to satisfy the course
21    requirement under this subdivision (6).
22    (e-5) Beginning with the 2024-2025 school year, as a
23prerequisite to receiving a high school diploma, each pupil
24entering the 9th grade must, in addition to other course
25requirements, successfully complete all of the following
26courses:

 

 

HB5552- 230 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        (1) Four years of language arts.
2        (2) Two years of writing intensive courses, one of
3    which must be English and the other of which may be English
4    or any other subject. If applicable, writing-intensive
5    courses may be counted toward the fulfillment of other
6    graduation requirements.
7        (3) Three years of mathematics, one of which must be
8    Algebra I, one of which must include geometry content, and
9    one of which may be an Advanced Placement computer science
10    course. A mathematics course that includes geometry
11    content may be offered as an integrated, applied,
12    interdisciplinary, or career and technical education
13    course that prepares a student for a career readiness
14    path.
15        (3.5) One year of a course that includes intensive
16    instruction in computer literacy, which may be English,
17    social studies, or any other subject and which may be
18    counted toward the fulfillment of other graduation
19    requirements.
20        (4) Two years of laboratory science.
21        (5) Two years of social studies, of which at least one
22    year must be history of the United States or a combination
23    of history of the United States and American government
24    and at least one semester must be civics, which shall help
25    young people acquire and learn to use the skills,
26    knowledge, and attitudes that will prepare them to be

 

 

HB5552- 231 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    competent and responsible citizens throughout their lives.
2    Civics course content shall focus on government
3    institutions, the discussion of current and controversial
4    issues, service learning, and simulations of the
5    democratic process. School districts may utilize private
6    funding available for the purposes of offering civics
7    education. One semester, or part of one semester, may
8    include a financial literacy course.
9        (6) One year chosen from (A) music, (B) art, (C) world
10    foreign language, which shall be deemed to include
11    American Sign Language, (D) career and technical
12    education, or (E) forensic speech (speech and debate). A
13    forensic speech course used to satisfy the course
14    requirement under subdivision (1) may not be used to
15    satisfy the course requirement under this subdivision (6).
16    (e-10) Beginning with the 2028-2029 school year, as a
17prerequisite to receiving a high school diploma, each pupil
18entering the 9th grade must, in addition to other course
19requirements, successfully complete 2 years of world foreign
20language courses, which may include American Sign Language. A
21pupil may choose a third year of world foreign language to
22satisfy the requirement under subdivision (6) of subsection
23(e-5).
24    (f) The State Board of Education shall develop and inform
25school districts of standards for writing-intensive
26coursework.

 

 

HB5552- 232 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    (f-5) If a school district offers an Advanced Placement
2computer science course to high school students, then the
3school board must designate that course as equivalent to a
4high school mathematics course and must denote on the
5student's transcript that the Advanced Placement computer
6science course qualifies as a mathematics-based, quantitative
7course for students in accordance with subdivision (3) of
8subsection (e) of this Section.
9    (g) Public Act 83-1082 does not apply to pupils entering
10the 9th grade in 1983-1984 school year and prior school years
11or to students with disabilities whose course of study is
12determined by an individualized education program.
13    Public Act 94-676 does not apply to pupils entering the
149th grade in the 2004-2005 school year or a prior school year
15or to students with disabilities whose course of study is
16determined by an individualized education program.
17    Subdivision (3.5) of subsection (e) does not apply to
18pupils entering the 9th grade in the 2021-2022 school year or a
19prior school year or to students with disabilities whose
20course of study is determined by an individualized education
21program.
22    Subsection (e-5) does not apply to pupils entering the 9th
23grade in the 2023-2024 school year or a prior school year or to
24students with disabilities whose course of study is determined
25by an individualized education program. Subsection (e-10) does
26not apply to pupils entering the 9th grade in the 2027-2028

 

 

HB5552- 233 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1school year or a prior school year or to students with
2disabilities whose course of study is determined by an
3individualized education program.
4    (h) The provisions of this Section are subject to the
5provisions of Sections 14A-32 and 27-610 of this Code and the
6Postsecondary and Workforce Readiness Act.
7    (i) The State Board of Education may adopt rules to modify
8the requirements of this Section for any students enrolled in
9grades 9 through 12 if the Governor has declared a disaster due
10to a public health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the
11Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act.
12(Source: P.A. 103-154, eff. 6-30-23; 103-743, eff. 8-2-24;
13104-387, eff. 8-15-25; 104-391, eff. 8-15-25; revised
149-24-25.)
 
15    (105 ILCS 5/27-1070)  (was 105 ILCS 5/27-23.16)
16    Sec. 27-1070. Study of the process of naturalization.
17Every public high school may include in its curriculum a unit
18of instruction about the process of naturalization by which a
19foreign citizen or foreign national becomes a U.S. citizen.
20The course of instruction shall include content from the
21components of the naturalization test administered by the U.S.
22Citizenship and Immigration Services. Each school board shall
23determine the minimum amount of instructional time under this
24Section.
25(Source: P.A. 104-391, eff. 8-15-25.)
 

 

 

HB5552- 234 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    (105 ILCS 5/27A-6)
2    Sec. 27A-6. Contract contents; applicability of laws and
3regulations.
4    (a) A certified charter shall constitute a binding
5contract and agreement between the charter school and a local
6school board under the terms of which the local school board
7authorizes the governing body of the charter school to operate
8the charter school on the terms specified in the contract.
9    (b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article,
10the certified charter may not waive or release the charter
11school from the State goals, standards, and assessments
12established pursuant to Section 2-3.64a-5 of this Code. The
13certified charter for a charter school operating in a city
14having a population exceeding 500,000 shall require the
15charter school to administer any other nationally recognized
16standardized tests to its students that the chartering entity
17administers to other students, and the results on such tests
18shall be included in the chartering entity's assessment
19reports.
20    (c) Subject to the provisions of subsection (e), a
21material revision to a previously certified contract or a
22renewal shall be made with the approval of both the local
23school board and the governing body of the charter school.
24    (c-5) The proposed contract shall include a provision on
25how both parties will address minor violations of the

 

 

HB5552- 235 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1contract.
2    (c-10) After August 4, 2023 (the effective date of Public
3Act 103-416), any renewal of a certified charter must include
4a union neutrality clause.
5    (d) The proposed contract between the governing body of a
6proposed charter school and the local school board as
7described in Section 27A-7 must be submitted to and certified
8by the State Board before it can take effect. If the State
9Board recommends that the proposed contract be modified for
10consistency with this Article before it can be certified, the
11modifications must be consented to by both the governing body
12of the charter school and the local school board, and
13resubmitted to the State Board for its certification. If the
14proposed contract is resubmitted in a form that is not
15consistent with this Article, the State Board may refuse to
16certify the charter.
17    The State Board shall assign a number to each submission
18or resubmission in chronological order of receipt, and shall
19determine whether the proposed contract is consistent with the
20provisions of this Article. If the proposed contract complies,
21the State Board shall so certify.
22    (e) No renewal of a previously certified contract is
23effective unless and until the State Board certifies that the
24renewal is consistent with the provisions of this Article. The
25local school board shall submit the charter renewal proposal
26and the proposed charter renewal contract to the State Board

 

 

HB5552- 236 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1for certification no later than 30 days prior to the
2expiration of the current charter contract. A material
3revision to a previously certified contract may go into effect
4immediately upon approval of both the local school board and
5the governing body of the charter school, unless either party
6requests in writing that the State Board certify that the
7material revision is consistent with the provisions of this
8Article. If such a request is made, the proposed material
9revision is not effective unless and until the State Board so
10certifies.
11(Source: P.A. 103-175, eff. 6-30-23; 103-416, eff. 8-4-23;
12103-605, eff. 7-1-24.)
 
13    (105 ILCS 5/27A-9)
14    Sec. 27A-9. Term of charter; renewal.
15    (a) An initial charter shall be granted for a period of 5
16school years. A charter may be renewed in incremental periods
17not to exceed 10 school years. Authorizers shall ensure that
18every charter granted on or after January 1, 2017 includes
19standards and goals for academic, organizational, and
20financial performance. A charter must meet all standards and
21goals for academic, organizational, and financial performance
22set forth by the authorizer in order to be renewed for a term
23in excess of 5 years but not more than 10 years. If an
24authorizer fails to establish standards and goals, a charter
25shall not be renewed for a term in excess of 5 years. Nothing

 

 

HB5552- 237 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1contained in this Section shall require an authorizer to grant
2a full 10-year renewal term to any particular charter school,
3but an authorizer may award a full 10-year renewal term to
4charter schools that have a demonstrated track record of
5improving student performance.
6    (b) A charter school renewal proposal submitted to the
7local school board or the State Board, as the chartering
8entity, shall contain:
9        (1) a report on the progress of the charter school in
10    achieving the goals, objectives, pupil performance
11    standards, content standards, and other terms of the
12    initial approved charter proposal, which, with regard to
13    the provision of special education and the instruction of
14    English learners, must include, at minimum, all of the
15    following:
16            (A) detailed information on how the charter school
17        identifies students who may be eligible to receive
18        special education services at the school, how the
19        charter school has provided special education services
20        in alignment with the requirements of State and
21        federal law, including the federal Individuals with
22        Disabilities Education Act, Article 14 of this Code,
23        and applicable State and federal rules, and the
24        academic performance of students with disabilities
25        enrolled in the charter school relative to their
26        peers; and

 

 

HB5552- 238 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1            (B) detailed information on how the charter school
2        identifies English learners, how the charter school
3        has provided transitional bilingual education services
4        in alignment with State and federal law, including
5        Article 14C of this Code, and applicable State and
6        federal rules, and the academic performance of English
7        learner students enrolled in the charter school
8        relative to their peers; and
9        (2) a financial statement that discloses the costs of
10    administration, instruction, and other spending categories
11    for the charter school that is understandable to the
12    general public and that will allow comparison of those
13    costs to other schools or other comparable organizations,
14    in a format required by the State Board.
15    (c) A charter may be revoked or not renewed if the local
16school board or the State Board, as the chartering entity,
17clearly demonstrates that the charter school did any of the
18following, or otherwise failed to comply with the requirements
19of this law:
20        (1) Committed a material violation of any of the
21    conditions, standards, or procedures set forth in the
22    charter.
23        (2) Failed to meet or make reasonable progress toward
24    achievement of the content standards or pupil performance
25    standards identified in the charter.
26        (3) Failed to meet generally accepted standards of

 

 

HB5552- 239 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    fiscal management.
2        (4) Violated any provision of law from which the
3    charter school was not exempted.
4    In the case of revocation, the local school board or the
5State Board, as the chartering entity, shall notify the
6charter school in writing of the reason why the charter is
7subject to revocation. The charter school shall submit a
8written plan to the local school board or the State Board,
9whichever is applicable, to rectify the problem. The plan
10shall include a timeline for implementation, which shall not
11exceed 2 years or the date of the charter's expiration,
12whichever is earlier. If the local school board or the State
13Board, as the chartering entity, finds that the charter school
14has failed to implement the plan of remediation and adhere to
15the timeline, then the chartering entity shall revoke the
16charter. Except in situations of an emergency where the
17health, safety, or education of the charter school's students
18is at risk, the revocation shall take place at the end of a
19school year. Nothing in this Section shall be construed to
20prohibit an implementation timetable that is less than 2 years
21in duration. No local school board may arbitrarily or
22capriciously revoke or not renew a charter. Except for
23extenuating circumstances outlined in this Section, if a local
24school board revokes or does not renew a charter, it must
25ensure that all students currently enrolled in the charter
26school are placed in schools that are higher performing than

 

 

HB5552- 240 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1that charter school, as defined in the State's federal Every
2Student Succeeds Act accountability plan. In determining
3whether extenuating circumstances exist, a local school board
4must detail, by clear and convincing evidence, that factors
5unrelated to the charter school's accountability designation
6outweigh the charter school's academic performance.
7    (d) (Blank).
8    (e) Notice of a local school board's decision to deny,
9revoke, or not renew a charter shall be provided to the State
10Board.
11    The State Board may reverse a local board's decision to
12revoke or not renew a charter if the State Board finds that the
13charter school or charter school proposal (i) is in compliance
14with this Article and (ii) is in the best interests of the
15students it is designed to serve. The State Board may
16condition the granting of an appeal on the acceptance by the
17charter school of funding in an amount less than that
18requested in the proposal submitted to the local school board.
19The State Board must appoint and utilize a hearing officer for
20any appeals conducted under this subsection. Final decisions
21of the State Board are subject to judicial review under the
22Administrative Review Law.
23    (f) Notwithstanding other provisions of this Article, if
24the State Board on appeal reverses a local board's decision or
25if a charter school is approved by referendum, the State Board
26shall act as the authorized chartering entity for the charter

 

 

HB5552- 241 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1school and shall perform all functions under this Article
2otherwise performed by the local school board. The State Board
3shall report the aggregate number of charter school pupils
4resident in a school district to that district and shall
5notify the district of the amount of funding to be paid by the
6State Board to the charter school enrolling such students. The
7charter school shall maintain accurate records of daily
8attendance and student enrollment and shall enter data on the
9students served, their characteristics, their particular
10needs, the programs in which they participate, and their
11academic achievement into the statewide student information
12system established by the State Board. The State Board shall
13withhold from funds otherwise due the district the funds
14authorized by this Article to be paid to the charter school and
15shall pay such amounts to the charter school in quarterly
16installments, calculated as follows:
17        (1) The amount of the first quarterly payment shall be
18    based on the projected number of students who will be
19    enrolled in the charter school in the upcoming school
20    year, multiplied by one-fourth of the resident district's
21    per capita tuition amount. Each charter school shall
22    submit its projected enrollment by no later than August 1
23    of each year on a form provided by the State Board for this
24    purpose.
25        (2) The amount of the second quarterly payment shall
26    be calculated such that the aggregate amount of the first

 

 

HB5552- 242 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    and second quarterly installments is equal to the number
2    of students reported as enrolled at the charter school on
3    October 1 in the State Board's student information system,
4    multiplied by one-half of the resident district's per
5    capita tuition amount.
6        (3) The amount of the third quarterly payment shall be
7    based on the number of students enrolled in the charter
8    school on January 1, multiplied by one-fourth of the
9    resident district's per capita tuition amount. Each
10    charter school shall submit its January 1 enrollment by no
11    later than January 5 of each year on a form provided by the
12    State Board for this purpose.
13        (4) The amount of the fourth quarterly payment shall
14    be calculated such that the aggregate amount of the third
15    and fourth installments is equal to the number of students
16    reported as enrolled at the charter school on March 1 in
17    the State Board's student information system, multiplied
18    by one-half of the resident district's per capita tuition
19    amount.
20    (g) (Blank).
21    (h) The State Board shall pay directly to a charter school
22it authorizes any federal or State funding attributable to a
23student with a disability attending the school.
24(Source: P.A. 103-175, eff. 6-30-23.)
 
25    (105 ILCS 5/30-15.25)  (from Ch. 122, par. 30-15.25)

 

 

HB5552- 243 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    Sec. 30-15.25. (a) As used in this Section, the term
2"public institution of higher education" includes: the
3University of Illinois; Southern Illinois University; Chicago
4State University; Eastern Illinois University; Governors State
5University; Illinois State University; Northeastern Illinois
6University; Northern Illinois University; Western Illinois
7University; the public community colleges of the State; and
8any other public universities, colleges and community colleges
9now or hereafter established or authorized by the General
10Assembly. The term "nonpublic institution of higher education"
11includes any educational organization in this State, other
12than a public institution of higher education, which provides
13a minimum of an organized 2 year program at the private junior
14college level or higher and which operates not-for-profit and
15in conformity with standards substantially equivalent to those
16of public institutions of higher education.
17    (b) Each public institution of higher education shall
18disclose the terms, restrictions and requirements attached to
19or made a part of any endowment, gift, grant, contract award or
20property of any kind or value in excess of $100,000 made to
21such institution, or to any school, college, division, branch
22or other organizational entity within or forming a part of
23such institution, by a foreign government or an individual who
24is neither a citizen nor a resident of the United States, in
25any calendar or fiscal year. If the foreign government or
26individual donates more than one gift in any calendar or

 

 

HB5552- 244 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1fiscal year, and the total value of those gifts exceeds
2$100,000, such institution shall report all the gifts
3received. This subsection shall not apply to funds that public
4institutions of higher education receive from grants and
5contracts through either the federal government or the State
6of Illinois.
7    (c) The provisions of this subsection apply to each
8nonpublic institution of higher education: (i) which receives
9any grant or award under the Illinois Financial Assistance Act
10for Nonpublic Institutions of Higher Learning or under the
11Higher Education Cooperation Act, or (ii) which is a
12participant in a program of interinstitutional cooperation
13administered by a not-for-profit organization that is
14organized to administer such program under the Higher
15Education Cooperation Act and that receives any grant under
16and in furtherance of the purposes of that Act, or (iii) which
17receives any grant or distribution of grant moneys
18appropriated from the State Treasury or any fund therein to
19such institution or to the Board of Higher Education for
20distribution to nonpublic institutions of higher education for
21purposes of Section 4 of the Build Illinois Bond Act or for any
22other purpose authorized by law. Each nonpublic institution of
23higher education to which the provisions of this subsection
24apply shall disclose the terms, restrictions and requirements
25attached to or made a part of any endowment, gift, grant,
26contract award or property of any kind or value in excess of

 

 

HB5552- 245 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1$250,000 made to such institution, or to any school, college,
2division, branch or other organizational entity within or
3forming a part of such institution, by a foreign government or
4an individual who is neither a citizen nor a resident of the
5United States, in any calendar or fiscal year. If the foreign
6government or individual donates more than one gift in any
7calendar or fiscal year, and the total value of those gifts
8exceeds $250,000, such institution shall report all the gifts
9received.
10    (d) Such information shall be forwarded to the Attorney
11General no later than 30 days after the final day of each
12calendar or fiscal year of such institution, whichever type of
13year is used by the institution in accounting for the gifts
14received for the purposes of this Section. The information
15shall include:
16        (1) the name of the foreign government in the case of a
17    gift by a government, or the name of the foreign country
18    other than the United States of which an individual donor
19    is a citizen, in the case of a gift by an individual;
20        (2) the amount and the date of the contribution or
21    contributions;
22        (3) when the gift is conditional, matching or
23    designated for a particular purpose, full details of the
24    conditions, matching provisions or designation; and
25        (4) the purpose or purposes for which the contribution
26    will be used.

 

 

HB5552- 246 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    Such information shall be a matter of public record.
2(Source: P.A. 89-4, eff. 1-1-96.)
 
3    (105 ILCS 5/34-1.01)  (from Ch. 122, par. 34-1.01)
4    Sec. 34-1.01. Intent. The General Assembly has previously
5established that the primary purpose of schooling is the
6transmission of knowledge and culture through which children
7learn in areas necessary to their continuing development, and
8the General Assembly has defined these areas as including
9language arts, mathematics, biological, physical and social
10sciences, the fine arts, and physical development and health.
11The General Assembly declares its intent to achieve the
12primary purpose of schooling in elementary and secondary
13schools subject to this Article, as now or hereafter amended,
14in cities of over 500,000 inhabitants, through the provisions
15of this amendatory Act of 1991.
16    A. Goals. In the furtherance of this intent, the General
17Assembly is committed to the belief that, while such urban
18schools should foster improvement and student growth in a
19number of areas, first priority should be given to achieving
20the following goals:
21        1. assuring that students show significant progress
22    toward meeting and exceeding State performance standards
23    in State mandated learning areas, including the mastery of
24    higher order thinking skills in these and other learning
25    areas;

 

 

HB5552- 247 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        2. assuring that students attend school regularly and
2    graduate from high school at rates that equal or surpass
3    national norms;
4        3. assuring that students are adequately prepared for
5    further education and aiding students in making a
6    successful transition to further education;
7        4. assuring that students are adequately prepared for
8    successful entry into employment and aiding students in
9    making a successful transition to employment;
10        5. assuring that students are, to the maximum extent
11    possible, provided with a common learning experience that
12    is of high academic quality and that reflects high
13    expectations for all students' capacities to learn;
14        6. assuring that students are better prepared to
15    compete in the international market place by having world
16    foreign language proficiency and stronger international
17    studies;
18        7. assuring that students are encouraged in exploring
19    potential interests in fields such as journalism, drama,
20    art and music;
21        8. assuring that individual teachers are granted the
22    professional authority to make decisions about instruction
23    and the method of teaching;
24        9. assuring that students are provided the means to
25    express themselves creatively and to respond to the
26    artistic expression of others through the visual arts,

 

 

HB5552- 248 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    music, drama and dance; and
2        10. assuring that students are provided adequate
3    athletic programs that encourage pride and positive
4    identification with the attendance center and that reduce
5    the number of dropouts and teenage delinquents.
6    B. Achieving goals. To achieve these priority goals, the
7General Assembly intends to make the individual local school
8the essential unit for educational governance and improvement
9and to establish a process for placing the primary
10responsibility for school governance and improvement in
11furtherance of such goals in the hands of parents, community
12residents, teachers, and the school principal at the school
13level.
14    Further, to achieve these priority goals, the General
15Assembly intends to lodge with the board of education key
16powers in limited areas related to district-wide policy, so
17that the board of education supports school-level governance
18and improvement and carries out functions that can be
19performed more efficiently through centralized action.
20    The General Assembly does not intend to alter or amend the
21provisions of the desegregation obligations of the board of
22education, including but not limited to the Consent Decree or
23the Desegregation Plan in United States v. Chicago Board of
24Education, 80 C 5124, U.S. District Court for the Northern
25District of Illinois. Accordingly, the implementation of this
26amendatory Act of 1991, to the extent practicable, shall be

 

 

HB5552- 249 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1consistent with and, in all cases, shall be subject to the
2desegregation obligations pursuant to such Consent Decree and
3Desegregation Plan.
4(Source: P.A. 87-455; 88-686, eff. 1-24-95.)
 
5    (105 ILCS 5/34-18)  (from Ch. 122, par. 34-18)
6    Sec. 34-18. Powers of the board. The board shall exercise
7general supervision and jurisdiction over the public education
8and the public school system of the city, and, except as
9otherwise provided by this Article, shall have power:
10        1. To make suitable provision for the establishment
11    and maintenance throughout the year or for such portion
12    thereof as it may direct, not less than 9 months and in
13    compliance with Section 10-19.05, of schools of all grades
14    and kinds, including normal schools, high schools, night
15    schools, schools for defectives and delinquents, parental
16    and truant schools, schools for the blind, the deaf, and
17    persons with physical disabilities, schools or classes in
18    manual training, constructural and vocational teaching,
19    domestic arts, and physical culture, vocation and
20    extension schools and lecture courses, and all other
21    educational courses and facilities, including
22    establishing, equipping, maintaining and operating
23    playgrounds and recreational programs, when such programs
24    are conducted in, adjacent to, or connected with any
25    public school under the general supervision and

 

 

HB5552- 250 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    jurisdiction of the board; provided that the calendar for
2    the school term and any changes must be submitted to and
3    approved by the State Board of Education before the
4    calendar or changes may take effect, and provided that in
5    allocating funds from year to year for the operation of
6    all attendance centers within the district, the board
7    shall ensure that supplemental general State aid or
8    supplemental grant funds are allocated and applied in
9    accordance with Section 18-8, 18-8.05, or 18-8.15. To
10    admit to such schools without charge foreign exchange
11    students who are participants in an organized exchange
12    student program which is authorized by the board. The
13    board shall permit all students to enroll in
14    apprenticeship programs in trade schools operated by the
15    board, whether those programs are union-sponsored or not.
16    No student shall be refused admission into or be excluded
17    from any course of instruction offered in the common
18    schools by reason of that student's sex. No student shall
19    be denied equal access to physical education and
20    interscholastic athletic programs supported from school
21    district funds or denied participation in comparable
22    physical education and athletic programs solely by reason
23    of the student's sex. Equal access to programs supported
24    from school district funds and comparable programs will be
25    defined in rules promulgated by the State Board of
26    Education in consultation with the Illinois High School

 

 

HB5552- 251 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    Association. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
2    Article, neither the board of education nor any local
3    school council or other school official shall recommend
4    that children with disabilities be placed into regular
5    education classrooms unless those children with
6    disabilities are provided with supplementary services to
7    assist them so that they benefit from the regular
8    classroom instruction and are included on the teacher's
9    regular education class register;
10        2. To furnish lunches to pupils, to make a reasonable
11    charge therefor, and to use school funds for the payment
12    of such expenses as the board may determine are necessary
13    in conducting the school lunch program;
14        3. To co-operate with the circuit court;
15        4. To make arrangements with the public or
16    quasi-public libraries and museums for the use of their
17    facilities by teachers and pupils of the public schools;
18        5. To employ dentists and prescribe their duties for
19    the purpose of treating the pupils in the schools, but
20    accepting such treatment shall be optional with parents or
21    guardians;
22        6. To grant the use of assembly halls and classrooms
23    when not otherwise needed, including light, heat, and
24    attendants, for free public lectures, concerts, and other
25    educational and social interests, free of charge, under
26    such provisions and control as the principal of the

 

 

HB5552- 252 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    affected attendance center may prescribe;
2        7. To apportion the pupils to the several schools;
3    provided that no pupil shall be excluded from or
4    segregated in any such school on account of his color,
5    race, sex, or nationality. The board shall take into
6    consideration the prevention of segregation and the
7    elimination of separation of children in public schools
8    because of color, race, sex, or nationality. Except that
9    children may be committed to or attend parental and social
10    adjustment schools established and maintained either for
11    boys or girls only. All records pertaining to the
12    creation, alteration or revision of attendance areas shall
13    be open to the public. Nothing herein shall limit the
14    board's authority to establish multi-area attendance
15    centers or other student assignment systems for
16    desegregation purposes or otherwise, and to apportion the
17    pupils to the several schools. Furthermore, beginning in
18    school year 1994-95, pursuant to a board plan adopted by
19    October 1, 1993, the board shall offer, commencing on a
20    phased-in basis, the opportunity for families within the
21    school district to apply for enrollment of their children
22    in any attendance center within the school district which
23    does not have selective admission requirements approved by
24    the board. The appropriate geographical area in which such
25    open enrollment may be exercised shall be determined by
26    the board of education. Such children may be admitted to

 

 

HB5552- 253 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    any such attendance center on a space available basis
2    after all children residing within such attendance
3    center's area have been accommodated. If the number of
4    applicants from outside the attendance area exceed the
5    space available, then successful applicants shall be
6    selected by lottery. The board of education's open
7    enrollment plan must include provisions that allow
8    low-income students to have access to transportation
9    needed to exercise school choice. Open enrollment shall be
10    in compliance with the provisions of the Consent Decree
11    and Desegregation Plan cited in Section 34-1.01;
12        8. To approve programs and policies for providing
13    transportation services to students. Nothing herein shall
14    be construed to permit or empower the State Board of
15    Education to order, mandate, or require busing or other
16    transportation of pupils for the purpose of achieving
17    racial balance in any school;
18        9. Subject to the limitations in this Article, to
19    establish and approve system-wide curriculum objectives
20    and standards, including graduation standards, which
21    reflect the multi-cultural diversity in the city and are
22    consistent with State law, provided that for all purposes
23    of this Article courses or proficiency in American Sign
24    Language shall be deemed to constitute courses or
25    proficiency in a world foreign language; and to employ
26    principals and teachers, appointed as provided in this

 

 

HB5552- 254 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    Article, and fix their compensation. The board shall
2    prepare such reports related to minimal competency testing
3    as may be requested by the State Board of Education and, in
4    addition, shall monitor and approve special education and
5    bilingual education programs and policies within the
6    district to ensure that appropriate services are provided
7    in accordance with applicable State and federal laws to
8    children requiring services and education in those areas;
9        10. To employ non-teaching personnel or utilize
10    volunteer personnel for: (i) non-teaching duties not
11    requiring instructional judgment or evaluation of pupils,
12    including library duties; and (ii) supervising study
13    halls, long distance teaching reception areas used
14    incident to instructional programs transmitted by
15    electronic media such as computers, video, and audio,
16    detention and discipline areas, and school-sponsored
17    extracurricular activities. The board may further utilize
18    volunteer nonlicensed personnel or employ nonlicensed
19    personnel to assist in the instruction of pupils under the
20    immediate supervision of a teacher holding a valid
21    educator license, directly engaged in teaching subject
22    matter or conducting activities; provided that the teacher
23    shall be continuously aware of the nonlicensed persons'
24    activities and shall be able to control or modify them.
25    The general superintendent shall determine qualifications
26    of such personnel and shall prescribe rules for

 

 

HB5552- 255 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    determining the duties and activities to be assigned to
2    such personnel;
3        10.5. To utilize volunteer personnel from a regional
4    School Crisis Assistance Team (S.C.A.T.), created as part
5    of the Safe to Learn Program established pursuant to
6    Section 25 of the Illinois Violence Prevention Act of
7    1995, to provide assistance to schools in times of
8    violence or other traumatic incidents within a school
9    community by providing crisis intervention services to
10    lessen the effects of emotional trauma on individuals and
11    the community; the School Crisis Assistance Team Steering
12    Committee shall determine the qualifications for
13    volunteers;
14        11. To provide television studio facilities in not to
15    exceed one school building and to provide programs for
16    educational purposes, provided, however, that the board
17    shall not construct, acquire, operate, or maintain a
18    television transmitter; to grant the use of its studio
19    facilities to a licensed television station located in the
20    school district; and to maintain and operate not to exceed
21    one school radio transmitting station and provide programs
22    for educational purposes;
23        12. To offer, if deemed appropriate, outdoor education
24    courses, including field trips within the State of
25    Illinois, or adjacent states, and to use school
26    educational funds for the expense of the said outdoor

 

 

HB5552- 256 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    educational programs, whether within the school district
2    or not;
3        13. During that period of the calendar year not
4    embraced within the regular school term, to provide and
5    conduct courses in subject matters normally embraced in
6    the program of the schools during the regular school term
7    and to give regular school credit for satisfactory
8    completion by the student of such courses as may be
9    approved for credit by the State Board of Education;
10        14. To insure against any loss or liability of the
11    board, the former School Board Nominating Commission,
12    Local School Councils, the Chicago Schools Academic
13    Accountability Council, or the former Subdistrict Councils
14    or of any member, officer, agent, or employee thereof,
15    resulting from alleged violations of civil rights arising
16    from incidents occurring on or after September 5, 1967 or
17    from the wrongful or negligent act or omission of any such
18    person whether occurring within or without the school
19    premises, provided the officer, agent, or employee was, at
20    the time of the alleged violation of civil rights or
21    wrongful act or omission, acting within the scope of his
22    or her employment or under direction of the board, the
23    former School Board Nominating Commission, the Chicago
24    Schools Academic Accountability Council, Local School
25    Councils, or the former Subdistrict Councils; and to
26    provide for or participate in insurance plans for its

 

 

HB5552- 257 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    officers and employees, including, but not limited to,
2    retirement annuities, medical, surgical and
3    hospitalization benefits in such types and amounts as may
4    be determined by the board; provided, however, that the
5    board shall contract for such insurance only with an
6    insurance company authorized to do business in this State.
7    Such insurance may include provision for employees who
8    rely on treatment by prayer or spiritual means alone for
9    healing, in accordance with the tenets and practice of a
10    recognized religious denomination;
11        15. To contract with the corporate authorities of any
12    municipality or the county board of any county, as the
13    case may be, to provide for the regulation of traffic in
14    parking areas of property used for school purposes, in
15    such manner as is provided by Section 11-209 of the
16    Illinois Vehicle Code;
17        16. In this paragraph 16:
18        "Direct admissions information" means a student's
19    name, home address, birth date, telephone number, email
20    address, cumulative grade point average, and high school.
21        "Directory information" means a high school student's
22    name, home address, birth date, and telephone number.
23        "Public institution of higher education" has the
24    meaning given to that term in the Board of Higher
25    Education Act.
26        (a) To provide, on an equal basis and consistent with

 

 

HB5552- 258 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    the federal Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of
2    1974 and the Illinois School Student Records Act, access
3    to a high school campus and student directory information
4    to the official recruiting representatives of the armed
5    forces of Illinois and the United States, to the Illinois
6    Student Assistance Commission, and to public institutions
7    of higher education for the purposes of informing students
8    of educational and career opportunities if the board has
9    provided such access to persons or groups whose purpose is
10    to acquaint students with educational or occupational
11    opportunities available to them. The board is not required
12    to give greater notice regarding the right of access to
13    recruiting representatives than is given to other persons
14    and groups.
15        (a-5) To provide, on an equal basis and consistent
16    with the federal Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
17    of 1974 and the Illinois School Student Records Act,
18    access to student direct admissions information to the
19    Illinois Student Assistance Commission for the purpose of
20    the direct admission program.
21        (b) If a student or his or her parent or guardian
22    submits a signed, written request to the high school
23    before the end of the student's sophomore year (or if the
24    student is a transfer student, by another time set by the
25    high school) that indicates that the student or his or her
26    parent or guardian does not want the student's directory

 

 

HB5552- 259 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    information to be provided to official recruiting
2    representatives, to the Illinois Student Assistance
3    Commission, and to public institutions of higher education
4    under subparagraph (a) of this paragraph 16, the high
5    school may not provide access to the student's directory
6    information to these recruiting representatives, the
7    Illinois Student Assistance Commission, and public
8    institutions of higher education. The high school shall
9    notify its students and their parents or guardians of the
10    provisions of this subparagraph (b).
11        (b-5) If a student who is 18 years of age or older or
12    the parent or guardian of a student under 18 years of age
13    submits a signed, written or electronic consent that
14    indicates that the student or his or her parent or
15    guardian does permit the student's direct admissions
16    information to be provided, the high school shall provide
17    the student's direct admissions information to the
18    Illinois Student Assistance Commission.
19    The Illinois Student Assistance Commission shall provide
20template opt-in language to those school districts maintaining
21grades 10 through 12, which shall be made available on the
22Commission's website no later than June 30, 2025. The template
23opt-in language shall specify that if the student or the
24student's parent or guardian provides consent, the student's
25direct admissions information will be sent to the Illinois
26Student Assistance Commission and the direct admissions

 

 

HB5552- 260 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1information may, as needed for the administration of the
2direct admission program under the Public University Direct
3Admission Program Act, be redisclosed to the Board of Higher
4Education, the Illinois Community College Board, public
5universities for which the student qualifies under the direct
6admission program, the University of Illinois at
7Urbana-Champaign and the University of Illinois at Chicago if
8the student qualifies under Section 20 of the Public
9University Direct Admission Program Act, the community college
10district where the student resides, and, if applicable, a
11third party that operates a statewide student application
12portal. The template opt-in language shall also specify that
13direct admissions information may not be redisclosed to any
14other individual or entity unless the opt-in language notifies
15the student or the student's parent or guardian of such
16redisclosure and the student or the student's parent or
17guardian consents to the redisclosure.
18    The high school shall notify its students and their
19parents or guardians of the provisions of this subparagraph
20(b-5) and, at the time of school registration or at other
21appropriate times prior to the end of a student's junior year,
22give its students and their parents or guardians the option
23for the student information to be shared for the purpose of the
24direct admission program.
25        (c) A high school may require official recruiting
26    representatives of the armed forces of Illinois and the

 

 

HB5552- 261 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    United States to pay a fee for copying and mailing a
2    student's directory information in an amount that is not
3    more than the actual costs incurred by the high school.
4        (d) Information received by an official under this
5    Section may be used only to provide information to
6    students concerning educational and career opportunities.
7    Information may not be released to a person who is not
8    involved in recruiting students for the armed forces of
9    Illinois or the United States or providing educational
10    opportunity information for the Board of Higher Education,
11    the Illinois Community College Board, the Illinois Student
12    Assistance Commission, or public institutions of higher
13    education.
14        (e) By July 1, 2026 and each July 1 thereafter, the
15    school district shall make student directory information
16    electronically accessible for official recruiting
17    representatives of the armed forces of Illinois or the
18    United States, to the Illinois Student Assistance
19    Commission, and to public institutions of higher
20    education;
21        (f) By July 1, 2026 and each July 1 thereafter, the
22    school district shall make student direct admissions
23    information electronically accessible through a secure,
24    centralized data system to the Illinois Student Assistance
25    Commission for the purpose of the direct admission
26    program.

 

 

HB5552- 262 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        (g) The Board of Higher Education, the Illinois
2    Community College Board, the Illinois Student Assistance
3    Commission, and the State Board of Education may adopt any
4    rules necessary to administer this paragraph 16.
5        17. (a) To sell or market any computer program
6    developed by an employee of the school district, provided
7    that such employee developed the computer program as a
8    direct result of his or her duties with the school
9    district or through the utilization of school district
10    resources or facilities. The employee who developed the
11    computer program shall be entitled to share in the
12    proceeds of such sale or marketing of the computer
13    program. The distribution of such proceeds between the
14    employee and the school district shall be as agreed upon
15    by the employee and the school district, except that
16    neither the employee nor the school district may receive
17    more than 90% of such proceeds. The negotiation for an
18    employee who is represented by an exclusive bargaining
19    representative may be conducted by such bargaining
20    representative at the employee's request.
21        (b) For the purpose of this paragraph 17:
22        (1) "Computer" means an internally programmed, general
23    purpose digital device capable of automatically accepting
24    data, processing data and supplying the results of the
25    operation.
26        (2) "Computer program" means a series of coded

 

 

HB5552- 263 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    instructions or statements in a form acceptable to a
2    computer, which causes the computer to process data in
3    order to achieve a certain result.
4        (3) "Proceeds" means profits derived from the
5    marketing or sale of a product after deducting the
6    expenses of developing and marketing such product;
7        18. To delegate to the general superintendent of
8    schools, by resolution, the authority to approve contracts
9    and expenditures in amounts of $35,000 or less;
10        19. Upon the written request of an employee, to
11    withhold from the compensation of that employee any dues,
12    payments, or contributions payable by such employee to any
13    labor organization as defined in the Illinois Educational
14    Labor Relations Act. Under such arrangement, an amount
15    shall be withheld from each regular payroll period which
16    is equal to the pro rata share of the annual dues plus any
17    payments or contributions, and the board shall transmit
18    such withholdings to the specified labor organization
19    within 10 working days from the time of the withholding;
20        19a. Upon receipt of notice from the comptroller of a
21    municipality with a population of 500,000 or more, a
22    county with a population of 3,000,000 or more, the Cook
23    County Forest Preserve District, the Chicago Park
24    District, the Metropolitan Water Reclamation District, the
25    Chicago Transit Authority, or a housing authority of a
26    municipality with a population of 500,000 or more that a

 

 

HB5552- 264 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    debt is due and owing the municipality, the county, the
2    Cook County Forest Preserve District, the Chicago Park
3    District, the Metropolitan Water Reclamation District, the
4    Chicago Transit Authority, or the housing authority by an
5    employee of the Chicago Board of Education, to withhold,
6    from the compensation of that employee, the amount of the
7    debt that is due and owing and pay the amount withheld to
8    the municipality, the county, the Cook County Forest
9    Preserve District, the Chicago Park District, the
10    Metropolitan Water Reclamation District, the Chicago
11    Transit Authority, or the housing authority; provided,
12    however, that the amount deducted from any one salary or
13    wage payment shall not exceed 25% of the net amount of the
14    payment. Before the Board deducts any amount from any
15    salary or wage of an employee under this paragraph, the
16    municipality, the county, the Cook County Forest Preserve
17    District, the Chicago Park District, the Metropolitan
18    Water Reclamation District, the Chicago Transit Authority,
19    or the housing authority shall certify that (i) the
20    employee has been afforded an opportunity for a hearing to
21    dispute the debt that is due and owing the municipality,
22    the county, the Cook County Forest Preserve District, the
23    Chicago Park District, the Metropolitan Water Reclamation
24    District, the Chicago Transit Authority, or the housing
25    authority and (ii) the employee has received notice of a
26    wage deduction order and has been afforded an opportunity

 

 

HB5552- 265 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    for a hearing to object to the order. For purposes of this
2    paragraph, "net amount" means that part of the salary or
3    wage payment remaining after the deduction of any amounts
4    required by law to be deducted and "debt due and owing"
5    means (i) a specified sum of money owed to the
6    municipality, the county, the Cook County Forest Preserve
7    District, the Chicago Park District, the Metropolitan
8    Water Reclamation District, the Chicago Transit Authority,
9    or the housing authority for services, work, or goods,
10    after the period granted for payment has expired, or (ii)
11    a specified sum of money owed to the municipality, the
12    county, the Cook County Forest Preserve District, the
13    Chicago Park District, the Metropolitan Water Reclamation
14    District, the Chicago Transit Authority, or the housing
15    authority pursuant to a court order or order of an
16    administrative hearing officer after the exhaustion of, or
17    the failure to exhaust, judicial review;
18        20. The board is encouraged to employ a sufficient
19    number of licensed school counselors to maintain a
20    student/counselor ratio of 250 to 1. Each counselor shall
21    spend at least 75% of his work time in direct contact with
22    students and shall maintain a record of such time;
23        21. To make available to students vocational and
24    career counseling and to establish 5 special career
25    counseling days for students and parents. On these days
26    representatives of local businesses and industries shall

 

 

HB5552- 266 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    be invited to the school campus and shall inform students
2    of career opportunities available to them in the various
3    businesses and industries. Special consideration shall be
4    given to counseling minority students as to career
5    opportunities available to them in various fields. For the
6    purposes of this paragraph, minority student means a
7    person who is any of the following:
8        (a) American Indian or Alaska Native (a person having
9    origins in any of the original peoples of North and South
10    America, including Central America, and who maintains
11    tribal affiliation or community attachment).
12        (b) Asian (a person having origins in any of the
13    original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, or the
14    Indian subcontinent, including, but not limited to,
15    Cambodia, China, India, Japan, Korea, Malaysia, Pakistan,
16    the Philippine Islands, Thailand, and Vietnam).
17        (c) Black or African American (a person having origins
18    in any of the black racial groups of Africa).
19        (d) Hispanic or Latino (a person of Cuban, Mexican,
20    Puerto Rican, South or Central American, or other Spanish
21    culture or origin, regardless of race).
22        (e) Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander (a
23    person having origins in any of the original peoples of
24    Hawaii, Guam, Samoa, or other Pacific Islands).
25        Counseling days shall not be in lieu of regular school
26    days;

 

 

HB5552- 267 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        22. To report to the State Board of Education the
2    annual student dropout rate and number of students who
3    graduate from, transfer from, or otherwise leave bilingual
4    programs;
5        23. Except as otherwise provided in the Abused and
6    Neglected Child Reporting Act or other applicable State or
7    federal law, to permit school officials to withhold, from
8    any person, information on the whereabouts of any child
9    removed from school premises when the child has been taken
10    into protective custody as a victim of suspected child
11    abuse. School officials shall direct such person to the
12    Department of Children and Family Services or to the local
13    law enforcement agency, if appropriate;
14        24. To develop a policy, based on the current state of
15    existing school facilities, projected enrollment, and
16    efficient utilization of available resources, for capital
17    improvement of schools and school buildings within the
18    district, addressing in that policy both the relative
19    priority for major repairs, renovations, and additions to
20    school facilities and the advisability or necessity of
21    building new school facilities or closing existing schools
22    to meet current or projected demographic patterns within
23    the district;
24        25. To make available to the students in every high
25    school attendance center the ability to take all courses
26    necessary to comply with the Board of Higher Education's

 

 

HB5552- 268 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    college entrance criteria effective in 1993;
2        26. To encourage mid-career changes into the teaching
3    profession, whereby qualified professionals become
4    licensed teachers, by allowing credit for professional
5    employment in related fields when determining point of
6    entry on the teacher pay scale;
7        27. To provide or contract out training programs for
8    administrative personnel and principals with revised or
9    expanded duties pursuant to this Code in order to ensure
10    they have the knowledge and skills to perform their
11    duties;
12        28. To establish a fund for the prioritized special
13    needs programs, and to allocate such funds and other lump
14    sum amounts to each attendance center in a manner
15    consistent with the provisions of part 4 of Section
16    34-2.3. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to
17    require any additional appropriations of State funds for
18    this purpose;
19        29. (Blank);
20        30. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Act or
21    any other law to the contrary, to contract with third
22    parties for services otherwise performed by employees,
23    including those in a bargaining unit, and to lay off those
24    employees upon 14 days' written notice to the affected
25    employees. Those contracts may be for a period not to
26    exceed 5 years and may be awarded on a system-wide basis.

 

 

HB5552- 269 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    The board may not operate more than 30 contract schools,
2    provided that the board may operate an additional 5
3    contract turnaround schools pursuant to item (5.5) of
4    subsection (d) of Section 34-8.3 of this Code, and the
5    governing bodies of contract schools are subject to the
6    Freedom of Information Act and Open Meetings Act;
7        31. To promulgate rules establishing procedures
8    governing the layoff or reduction in force of employees
9    and the recall of such employees, including, but not
10    limited to, criteria for such layoffs, reductions in force
11    or recall rights of such employees and the weight to be
12    given to any particular criterion. Such criteria shall
13    take into account factors, including, but not limited to,
14    qualifications, certifications, experience, performance
15    ratings or evaluations, and any other factors relating to
16    an employee's job performance;
17        32. To develop a policy to prevent nepotism in the
18    hiring of personnel or the selection of contractors;
19        33. (Blank); and
20        34. To establish a Labor Management Council to the
21    board comprised of representatives of the board, the chief
22    executive officer, and those labor organizations that are
23    the exclusive representatives of employees of the board
24    and to promulgate policies and procedures for the
25    operation of the Council.
26    The specifications of the powers herein granted are not to

 

 

HB5552- 270 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1be construed as exclusive, but the board shall also exercise
2all other powers that may be requisite or proper for the
3maintenance and the development of a public school system, not
4inconsistent with the other provisions of this Article or
5provisions of this Code which apply to all school districts.
6    In addition to the powers herein granted and authorized to
7be exercised by the board, it shall be the duty of the board to
8review or to direct independent reviews of special education
9expenditures and services. The board shall file a report of
10such review with the General Assembly on or before May 1, 1990.
11(Source: P.A. 103-8, eff. 1-1-24; 104-15, eff. 6-30-25;
12104-417, eff. 8-15-25.)
 
13    (105 ILCS 5/34-18.44)
14    Sec. 34-18.44. American Sign Language courses. The school
15board is encouraged to implement American Sign Language
16courses into school world foreign language curricula.
17(Source: P.A. 96-843, eff. 6-1-10; 97-333, eff. 8-12-11.)
 
18    (105 ILCS 60/Act rep.)
19    Section 15. The Community Service Education Act is
20repealed.
 
21    Section 20. The Postsecondary and Workforce Readiness Act
22is amended by changing Section 80 as follows:
 

 

 

HB5552- 271 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    (110 ILCS 148/80)
2    Sec. 80. College and Career Pathway Endorsements.
3    (a) College and Career Pathway Endorsements are
4established to recognize public high school graduates who
5complete the requirements set forth in subsection (d) of this
6Section.
7    (b) A school district that enrolls students in any of
8grades 9 through 12 shall either elect to implement College
9and Career Pathway Endorsements in accordance with subsection
10(c) of Section 10-20.84 of the School Code or opt out of
11implementation in accordance with subsection (d) of Section
1210-20.84 of the School Code. School district participation in
13this program is voluntary.
14    (c) As of the 2019-2020 school year, Eligible School
15Districts may award one or more College and Career Pathway
16Endorsements on high school diplomas in Endorsement Areas
17established by ISBE in consultation with the other IPIC
18Agencies and appropriate stakeholders, including postsecondary
19institutions and employers. When establishing the Endorsement
20Areas, the agencies shall consider the Illinois career cluster
21framework, prevalent models for comprehensive pathway systems
22in Illinois high schools that articulate to postsecondary
23institutions and career training programs, prevalent models
24for guided pathway systems at postsecondary institutions, and
25the postsecondary institution mathematics pathways established
26pursuant to this Act. The Endorsement Areas shall also provide

 

 

HB5552- 272 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1for a multidisciplinary endorsement for students that change
2career pathways during high school while meeting the
3individualized plan, professional learning, and academic
4readiness requirements set forth in subsection (d) of this
5Section.
6    (d) To earn a College and Career Pathway Endorsement, a
7student shall satisfy all of the following requirements:
8        (1) Develop and periodically update an individualized
9    plan for postsecondary education or training, careers, and
10    financial aid. This individualized plan shall also include
11    student development of a resume and personal statement
12    with student reflection on attainment of Adaptive
13    Competencies. The Eligible School District shall certify
14    to ISBE that its individualized planning process spans
15    grades 9 through 12 and includes an annual process for
16    updating the plan.
17        (2) Complete a career-focused instructional sequence,
18    including at least 2 years of coursework or equivalent
19    competencies within an Endorsement Area or, for students
20    attaining a multidisciplinary endorsement, multiple
21    Endorsement Areas. An Eligible School District must
22    consult with its regional education for employment
23    director on the establishment of the career-focused
24    instructional sequence. For all areas other than for
25    multidisciplinary endorsements, the Eligible School
26    District and a Local Community College shall certify to

 

 

HB5552- 273 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    ISBE and ICCB that the career-focused instructional
2    sequence is articulated to a certificate or degree program
3    with labor market value, with opportunities for ongoing
4    student advancement. ISBE and ICCB may adopt requirements
5    for certifying that the instructional sequence meets the
6    requirements of this paragraph (2). This certification
7    must be re-certified at least once every 5 years
8    thereafter. Commencing in the 2022-2023 school year,
9    students must earn at least 6 hours of credit through
10    early college credit courses within the career-focused
11    instructional sequence.
12        (3) Complete a minimum of 2 Career Exploration
13    Activities or one Intensive Career Exploration Experience,
14    a minimum of 2 Team-based Challenges, and at least 60
15    cumulative hours of participation in one or more
16    Supervised Career Development Experiences.
17        (4) Demonstrate readiness for non-remedial coursework
18    in reading and mathematics by high school graduation
19    through criteria certified by the Eligible School District
20    and a Local Community College to ISBE and ICCB. The
21    criteria shall align to any local partnership agreement
22    established pursuant to Section 55 of this Act and may
23    allow the demonstration of readiness through various
24    methods, including assessment scores, grade point average,
25    course completions, or other locally adopted criteria.
26    (e) To become an Eligible School District and award

 

 

HB5552- 274 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1College and Careers Pathway Endorsements, a school district
2shall submit information in a form determined by ISBE and ICCB
3that indicates the school district's intent to award College
4and Career Pathway Endorsements in one or more Endorsement
5Areas and includes the certifications described in subsection
6(d) of this Section. Either ISBE or ICCB may require
7supporting evidence for any certification made by the school
8district in the submission. An Eligible School District must
9participate in any quality review process adopted by ISBE for
10College and Career Pathway Endorsement systems, provided that
11the quality review process is at no cost to the Eligible School
12District.
13(Source: P.A. 99-674, eff. 7-29-16.)
 
14    Section 25. The University of Illinois Act is amended by
15changing Section 8 as follows:
 
16    (110 ILCS 305/8)  (from Ch. 144, par. 29)
17    Sec. 8. Admissions.
18    (a) (Blank).
19    (b) No new student shall be admitted to instruction in any
20of the departments or colleges of the University unless such
21student also has satisfactorily completed:
22        (1) at least 15 units of high school coursework from
23    the following 5 categories:
24            (A) 4 years of English (emphasizing written and

 

 

HB5552- 275 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        oral communications and literature), of which up to 2
2        years may be collegiate level instruction;
3            (B) 3 years of social studies (emphasizing history
4        and government);
5            (C) 3 years of mathematics (introductory through
6        advanced algebra, geometry, trigonometry, or
7        fundamentals of computer programming);
8            (D) 3 years of science (laboratory sciences or
9        agricultural sciences); and
10            (E) 2 years of electives in world foreign language
11        (which may be deemed to include American Sign
12        Language), music, career and technical education,
13        agricultural education, or art;
14        (2) except that institutions may admit individual
15    applicants if the institution determines through
16    assessment or through evaluation based on learning
17    outcomes of the coursework taken, including career and
18    technical education courses and courses taken in a charter
19    school established under Article 27A of the School Code,
20    that the applicant demonstrates knowledge and skills
21    substantially equivalent to the knowledge and skills
22    expected to be acquired in the high school courses
23    required for admission. The Board of Trustees of the
24    University of Illinois shall not discriminate in the
25    University's admissions process against an applicant for
26    admission because of the applicant's enrollment in a

 

 

HB5552- 276 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    charter school established under Article 27A of the School
2    Code. Institutions may also admit 1) applicants who did
3    not have an opportunity to complete the minimum college
4    preparatory curriculum in high school, and 2)
5    educationally disadvantaged applicants who are admitted to
6    the formal organized special assistance programs that are
7    tailored to the needs of such students, providing that in
8    either case, the institution incorporates in the
9    applicant's baccalaureate curriculum courses or other
10    academic activities that compensate for course
11    deficiencies; and
12        (3) except that up to 3 of the 15 units of coursework
13    required by paragraph (1) of this subsection may be
14    distributed by deducting no more than one unit each from
15    the categories of social studies, mathematics, sciences
16    and electives and completing those 3 units in any of the 5
17    categories of coursework described in paragraph (1).
18    (c) When allocating funds, local boards of education shall
19recognize their obligation to their students to offer the
20coursework required by subsection (b).
21    (d) A student who has graduated from high school and has
22scored within the University's accepted range on the ACT or
23SAT shall not be required to take a high school equivalency
24test as a prerequisite to admission.
25    (e) The Board of Trustees shall establish an admissions
26process in which honorably discharged veterans are permitted

 

 

HB5552- 277 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1to submit an application for admission to the University as a
2freshman student enrolling in the spring semester if the
3veteran was on active duty during the fall semester. The
4University may request that the Department of Veterans Affairs
5confirm the status of an applicant as an honorably discharged
6veteran who was on active duty during the fall semester.
7    (f) Beginning with the 2025-2026 academic year, the
8University shall provide all Illinois students transferring
9from a public community college in this State with the
10University's undergraduate transfer admissions application fee
11waiver policy and, if such a policy exists, any application or
12forms necessary to apply for a fee waiver as part of the
13University's transfer admissions process. The University is
14encouraged to develop a policy to automatically waive the
15undergraduate transfer admissions application fee for
16low-income Illinois students transferring from a public
17community college in this State. The University shall post
18this policy in an easily accessible place on the University's
19Internet website.
20(Source: P.A. 103-936, eff. 8-9-24; 104-234, eff. 8-15-25.)
 
21    Section 30. The Southern Illinois University Management
22Act is amended by changing Section 8e as follows:
 
23    (110 ILCS 520/8e)  (from Ch. 144, par. 658e)
24    Sec. 8e. Admissions.

 

 

HB5552- 278 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    (a) No new student shall be admitted to instruction in any
2of the departments or colleges of the University unless such
3student also has satisfactorily completed:
4        (1) at least 15 units of high school coursework from
5    the following 5 categories:
6            (A) 4 years of English (emphasizing written and
7        oral communications and literature), of which up to 2
8        years may be collegiate level instruction;
9            (B) 3 years of social studies (emphasizing history
10        and government);
11            (C) 3 years of mathematics (introductory through
12        advanced algebra, geometry, trigonometry, or
13        fundamentals of computer programming);
14            (D) 3 years of science (laboratory sciences or
15        agricultural sciences); and
16            (E) 2 years of electives in world foreign language
17        (which may be deemed to include American Sign
18        Language), music, career and technical education,
19        agricultural education, or art;
20        (2) except that institutions may admit individual
21    applicants if the institution determines through
22    assessment or through evaluation based on learning
23    outcomes of the coursework taken, including career and
24    technical education courses and courses taken in a charter
25    school established under Article 27A of the School Code,
26    that the applicant demonstrates knowledge and skills

 

 

HB5552- 279 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    substantially equivalent to the knowledge and skills
2    expected to be acquired in the high school courses
3    required for admission. The Board of Trustees of Southern
4    Illinois University shall not discriminate in the
5    University's admissions process against an applicant for
6    admission because of the applicant's enrollment in a
7    charter school established under Article 27A of the School
8    Code. Institutions may also admit 1) applicants who did
9    not have an opportunity to complete the minimum college
10    preparatory curriculum in high school, and 2)
11    educationally disadvantaged applicants who are admitted to
12    the formal organized special assistance programs that are
13    tailored to the needs of such students, providing that in
14    either case, the institution incorporates in the
15    applicant's baccalaureate curriculum courses or other
16    academic activities that compensate for course
17    deficiencies; and
18        (3) except that up to 3 of 15 units of coursework
19    required by paragraph (1) of this subsection may be
20    distributed by deducting no more than one unit each from
21    the categories of social studies, mathematics, sciences
22    and electives and completing those 3 units in any of the 5
23    categories of coursework described in paragraph (1).
24    (b) When allocating funds, local boards of education shall
25recognize their obligation to their students to offer the
26coursework required by subsection (a).

 

 

HB5552- 280 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    (c) A student who has graduated from high school and has
2scored within the University's accepted range on the ACT or
3SAT shall not be required to take a high school equivalency
4test as a prerequisite to admission.
5    (d) The Board shall establish an admissions process in
6which honorably discharged veterans are permitted to submit an
7application for admission to the University as a freshman
8student enrolling in the spring semester if the veteran was on
9active duty during the fall semester. The University may
10request that the Department of Veterans Affairs confirm the
11status of an applicant as an honorably discharged veteran who
12was on active duty during the fall semester.
13    (e) Beginning with the 2025-2026 academic year, the
14University shall provide all Illinois students transferring
15from a public community college in this State with the
16University's undergraduate transfer admissions application fee
17waiver policy and, if such a policy exists, any application or
18forms necessary to apply for a fee waiver as part of the
19University's transfer admissions process. The University is
20encouraged to develop a policy to automatically waive the
21undergraduate transfer admissions application fee for
22low-income Illinois students transferring from a public
23community college in this State. The University shall post
24this policy in an easily accessible place on the University's
25Internet website.
26(Source: P.A. 103-936, eff. 8-9-24; 104-234, eff. 8-15-25.)
 

 

 

HB5552- 281 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    Section 35. The Chicago State University Law is amended by
2changing Section 5-85 as follows:
 
3    (110 ILCS 660/5-85)
4    Sec. 5-85. Admissions.
5    (a) No new student shall be admitted to instruction in any
6of the departments or colleges of the Chicago State University
7unless such student also has satisfactorily completed:
8        (1) at least 15 units of high school coursework from
9    the following 5 categories:
10            (A) 4 years of English (emphasizing written and
11        oral communications and literature), of which up to 2
12        years may be collegiate level instruction;
13            (B) 3 years of social studies (emphasizing history
14        and government);
15            (C) 3 years of mathematics (introductory through
16        advanced algebra, geometry, trigonometry, or
17        fundamentals of computer programming);
18            (D) 3 years of science (laboratory sciences or
19        agricultural sciences); and
20            (E) 2 years of electives in world foreign language
21        (which may be deemed to include American Sign
22        Language), music, career and technical education,
23        agricultural education, or art;
24        (2) except that Chicago State University may admit

 

 

HB5552- 282 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    individual applicants if it determines through assessment
2    or through evaluation based on learning outcomes of the
3    coursework taken, including career and technical education
4    courses and courses taken in a charter school established
5    under Article 27A of the School Code, that the applicant
6    demonstrates knowledge and skills substantially equivalent
7    to the knowledge and skills expected to be acquired in the
8    high school courses required for admission. The Board of
9    Trustees of Chicago State University shall not
10    discriminate in the University's admissions process
11    against an applicant for admission because of the
12    applicant's enrollment in a charter school established
13    under Article 27A of the School Code. Chicago State
14    University may also admit (i) applicants who did not have
15    an opportunity to complete the minimum college preparatory
16    curriculum in high school, and (ii) educationally
17    disadvantaged applicants who are admitted to the formal
18    organized special assistance programs that are tailored to
19    the needs of such students, providing that in either case,
20    the institution incorporates in the applicant's
21    baccalaureate curriculum courses or other academic
22    activities that compensate for course deficiencies; and
23        (3) except that up to 3 of 15 units of coursework
24    required by paragraph (1) of this subsection may be
25    distributed by deducting no more than one unit each from
26    the categories of social studies, mathematics, sciences

 

 

HB5552- 283 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    and electives and completing those 3 units in any of the 5
2    categories of coursework described in paragraph (1).
3    (b) When allocating funds, local boards of education shall
4recognize their obligation to their students to offer the
5coursework required by subsection (a).
6    (c) A student who has graduated from high school and has
7scored within the University's accepted range on the ACT or
8SAT shall not be required to take a high school equivalency
9test as a prerequisite to admission.
10    (d) The Board shall establish an admissions process in
11which honorably discharged veterans are permitted to submit an
12application for admission to the University as a freshman
13student enrolling in the spring semester if the veteran was on
14active duty during the fall semester. The University may
15request that the Department of Veterans Affairs confirm the
16status of an applicant as an honorably discharged veteran who
17was on active duty during the fall semester.
18    (e) Beginning with the 2025-2026 academic year, the
19University shall provide all Illinois students transferring
20from a public community college in this State with the
21University's undergraduate transfer admissions application fee
22waiver policy and, if such a policy exists, any application or
23forms necessary to apply for a fee waiver as part of the
24University's transfer admissions process. The University is
25encouraged to develop a policy to automatically waive the
26undergraduate transfer admissions application fee for

 

 

HB5552- 284 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1low-income Illinois students transferring from a public
2community college in this State. The University shall post
3this policy in an easily accessible place on the University's
4Internet website.
5(Source: P.A. 103-936, eff. 8-9-24; 104-234, eff. 8-15-25.)
 
6    Section 40. The Eastern Illinois University Law is amended
7by changing Section 10-85 as follows:
 
8    (110 ILCS 665/10-85)
9    Sec. 10-85. Admissions.
10    (a) No new student shall be admitted to instruction in any
11of the departments or colleges of the Eastern Illinois
12University unless such student also has satisfactorily
13completed:
14        (1) at least 15 units of high school coursework from
15    the following 5 categories:
16            (A) 4 years of English (emphasizing written and
17        oral communications and literature), of which up to 2
18        years may be collegiate level instruction;
19            (B) 3 years of social studies (emphasizing history
20        and government);
21            (C) 3 years of mathematics (introductory through
22        advanced algebra, geometry, trigonometry, or
23        fundamentals of computer programming);
24            (D) 3 years of science (laboratory sciences or

 

 

HB5552- 285 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        agricultural sciences); and
2            (E) 2 years of electives in world foreign language
3        (which may be deemed to include American Sign
4        Language), music, career and technical education,
5        agricultural education, or art;
6        (2) except that Eastern Illinois University may admit
7    individual applicants if it determines through assessment
8    or through evaluation based on learning outcomes of the
9    coursework taken, including career and technical education
10    courses and courses taken in a charter school established
11    under Article 27A of the School Code, that the applicant
12    demonstrates knowledge and skills substantially equivalent
13    to the knowledge and skills expected to be acquired in the
14    high school courses required for admission. The Board of
15    Trustees of Eastern Illinois University shall not
16    discriminate in the University's admissions process
17    against an applicant for admission because of the
18    applicant's enrollment in a charter school established
19    under Article 27A of the School Code. Eastern Illinois
20    University may also admit (i) applicants who did not have
21    an opportunity to complete the minimum college preparatory
22    curriculum in high school, and (ii) educationally
23    disadvantaged applicants who are admitted to the formal
24    organized special assistance programs that are tailored to
25    the needs of such students, providing that in either case,
26    the institution incorporates in the applicant's

 

 

HB5552- 286 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    baccalaureate curriculum courses or other academic
2    activities that compensate for course deficiencies; and
3        (3) except that up to 3 of 15 units of coursework
4    required by paragraph (1) of this subsection may be
5    distributed by deducting no more than one unit each from
6    the categories of social studies, mathematics, sciences
7    and electives and completing those 3 units in any of the 5
8    categories of coursework described in paragraph (1).
9    (b) When allocating funds, local boards of education shall
10recognize their obligation to their students to offer the
11coursework required by subsection (a).
12    (c) A student who has graduated from high school and has
13scored within the University's accepted range on the ACT or
14SAT shall not be required to take a high school equivalency
15test as a prerequisite to admission.
16    (d) The Board shall establish an admissions process in
17which honorably discharged veterans are permitted to submit an
18application for admission to the University as a freshman
19student enrolling in the spring semester if the veteran was on
20active duty during the fall semester. The University may
21request that the Department of Veterans Affairs confirm the
22status of an applicant as an honorably discharged veteran who
23was on active duty during the fall semester.
24    (e) Beginning with the 2025-2026 academic year, the
25University shall provide all Illinois students transferring
26from a public community college in this State with the

 

 

HB5552- 287 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1University's undergraduate transfer admissions application fee
2waiver policy and, if such a policy exists, any application or
3forms necessary to apply for a fee waiver as part of the
4University's transfer admissions process. The University is
5encouraged to develop a policy to automatically waive the
6undergraduate transfer admissions application fee for
7low-income Illinois students transferring from a public
8community college in this State. The University shall post
9this policy in an easily accessible place on the University's
10Internet website.
11(Source: P.A. 103-936, eff. 8-9-24; 104-234, eff. 8-15-25.)
 
12    Section 45. The Governors State University Law is amended
13by changing Section 15-85 as follows:
 
14    (110 ILCS 670/15-85)
15    Sec. 15-85. Admissions.
16    (a) No new student shall be admitted to instruction in any
17of the departments or colleges of the Governors State
18University unless such student also has satisfactorily
19completed:
20        (1) at least 15 units of high school coursework from
21    the following 5 categories:
22            (A) 4 years of English (emphasizing written and
23        oral communications and literature), of which up to 2
24        years may be collegiate level instruction;

 

 

HB5552- 288 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1            (B) 3 years of social studies (emphasizing history
2        and government);
3            (C) 3 years of mathematics (introductory through
4        advanced algebra, geometry, trigonometry, or
5        fundamentals of computer programming);
6            (D) 3 years of science (laboratory sciences or
7        agricultural sciences); and
8            (E) 2 years of electives in world foreign language
9        (which may be deemed to include American Sign
10        Language), music, career and technical education,
11        agricultural education, or art;
12        (2) except that Governors State University may admit
13    individual applicants if it determines through assessment
14    or through evaluation based on learning outcomes of the
15    coursework taken, including career and technical education
16    courses and courses taken in a charter school established
17    under Article 27A of the School Code, that the applicant
18    demonstrates knowledge and skills substantially equivalent
19    to the knowledge and skills expected to be acquired in the
20    high school courses required for admission. The Board of
21    Trustees of Governors State University shall not
22    discriminate in the University's admissions process
23    against an applicant for admission because of the
24    applicant's enrollment in a charter school established
25    under Article 27A of the School Code. Governors State
26    University may also admit (i) applicants who did not have

 

 

HB5552- 289 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    an opportunity to complete the minimum college preparatory
2    curriculum in high school, and (ii) educationally
3    disadvantaged applicants who are admitted to the formal
4    organized special assistance programs that are tailored to
5    the needs of such students, providing that in either case,
6    the institution incorporates in the applicant's
7    baccalaureate curriculum courses or other academic
8    activities that compensate for course deficiencies; and
9        (3) except that up to 3 of 15 units of coursework
10    required by paragraph (1) of this subsection may be
11    distributed by deducting no more than one unit each from
12    the categories of social studies, mathematics, sciences
13    and electives and completing those 3 units in any of the 5
14    categories of coursework described in paragraph (1).
15    (b) When allocating funds, local boards of education shall
16recognize their obligation to their students to offer the
17coursework required by subsection (a).
18    (c) A student who has graduated from high school and has
19scored within the University's accepted range on the ACT or
20SAT shall not be required to take a high school equivalency
21test as a prerequisite to admission.
22    (d) The Board shall establish an admissions process in
23which honorably discharged veterans are permitted to submit an
24application for admission to the University as a freshman
25student enrolling in the spring semester if the veteran was on
26active duty during the fall semester. The University may

 

 

HB5552- 290 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1request that the Department of Veterans Affairs confirm the
2status of an applicant as an honorably discharged veteran who
3was on active duty during the fall semester.
4    (e) Beginning with the 2025-2026 academic year, the
5University shall provide all Illinois students transferring
6from a public community college in this State with the
7University's undergraduate transfer admissions application fee
8waiver policy and, if such a policy exists, any application or
9forms necessary to apply for a fee waiver as part of the
10University's transfer admissions process. The University is
11encouraged to develop a policy to automatically waive the
12undergraduate transfer admissions application fee for
13low-income Illinois students transferring from a public
14community college in this State. The University shall post
15this policy in an easily accessible place on the University's
16Internet website.
17(Source: P.A. 103-936, eff. 8-9-24; 104-234, eff. 8-15-25.)
 
18    Section 50. The Illinois State University Law is amended
19by changing Section 20-85 as follows:
 
20    (110 ILCS 675/20-85)
21    Sec. 20-85. Admissions.
22    (a) No new student shall be admitted to instruction in any
23of the departments or colleges of the Illinois State
24University unless such student also has satisfactorily

 

 

HB5552- 291 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1completed:
2        (1) at least 15 units of high school coursework from
3    the following 5 categories:
4            (A) 4 years of English (emphasizing written and
5        oral communications and literature), of which up to 2
6        years may be collegiate level instruction;
7            (B) 3 years of social studies (emphasizing history
8        and government);
9            (C) 3 years of mathematics (introductory through
10        advanced algebra, geometry, trigonometry, or
11        fundamentals of computer programming);
12            (D) 3 years of science (laboratory sciences or
13        agricultural sciences); and
14            (E) 2 years of electives in world foreign language
15        (which may be deemed to include American Sign
16        Language), music, career and technical education,
17        agricultural education, or art;
18        (2) except that Illinois State University may admit
19    individual applicants if it determines through assessment
20    or through evaluation based on learning outcomes of the
21    coursework taken, including career and technical education
22    courses and courses taken in a charter school established
23    under Article 27A of the School Code, that the applicant
24    demonstrates knowledge and skills substantially equivalent
25    to the knowledge and skills expected to be acquired in the
26    high school courses required for admission. The Board of

 

 

HB5552- 292 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    Trustees of Illinois State University shall not
2    discriminate in the University's admissions process
3    against an applicant for admission because of the
4    applicant's enrollment in a charter school established
5    under Article 27A of the School Code. Illinois State
6    University may also admit (i) applicants who did not have
7    an opportunity to complete the minimum college preparatory
8    curriculum in high school, and (ii) educationally
9    disadvantaged applicants who are admitted to the formal
10    organized special assistance programs that are tailored to
11    the needs of such students, providing that in either case,
12    the institution incorporates in the applicant's
13    baccalaureate curriculum courses or other academic
14    activities that compensate for course deficiencies; and
15        (3) except that up to 3 of 15 units of coursework
16    required by paragraph (1) of this subsection may be
17    distributed by deducting no more than one unit each from
18    the categories of social studies, mathematics, sciences
19    and electives and completing those 3 units in any of the 5
20    categories of coursework described in paragraph (1).
21    (b) When allocating funds, local boards of education shall
22recognize their obligation to their students to offer the
23coursework required by subsection (a).
24    (c) A student who has graduated from high school and has
25scored within the University's accepted range on the ACT or
26SAT shall not be required to take a high school equivalency

 

 

HB5552- 293 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1test as a prerequisite to admission.
2    (d) The Board shall establish an admissions process in
3which honorably discharged veterans are permitted to submit an
4application for admission to the University as a freshman
5student enrolling in the spring semester if the veteran was on
6active duty during the fall semester. The University may
7request that the Department of Veterans Affairs confirm the
8status of an applicant as an honorably discharged veteran who
9was on active duty during the fall semester.
10    (e) Beginning with the 2025-2026 academic year, the
11University shall provide all Illinois students transferring
12from a public community college in this State with the
13University's undergraduate transfer admissions application fee
14waiver policy and, if such a policy exists, any application or
15forms necessary to apply for a fee waiver as part of the
16University's transfer admissions process. The University is
17encouraged to develop a policy to automatically waive the
18undergraduate transfer admissions application fee for
19low-income Illinois students transferring from a public
20community college in this State. The University shall post
21this policy in an easily accessible place on the University's
22Internet website.
23(Source: P.A. 103-936, eff. 8-9-24; 104-234, eff. 8-15-25.)
 
24    Section 55. The Northeastern Illinois University Law is
25amended by changing Section 25-85 as follows:
 

 

 

HB5552- 294 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    (110 ILCS 680/25-85)
2    Sec. 25-85. Admissions.
3    (a) No new student shall be admitted to instruction in any
4of the departments or colleges of the Northeastern Illinois
5University unless such student also has satisfactorily
6completed:
7        (1) at least 15 units of high school coursework from
8    the following 5 categories:
9            (A) 4 years of English (emphasizing written and
10        oral communications and literature), of which up to 2
11        years may be collegiate level instruction;
12            (B) 3 years of social studies (emphasizing history
13        and government);
14            (C) 3 years of mathematics (introductory through
15        advanced algebra, geometry, trigonometry, or
16        fundamentals of computer programming);
17            (D) 3 years of science (laboratory sciences or
18        agricultural sciences); and
19            (E) 2 years of electives in world foreign language
20        (which may be deemed to include American Sign
21        Language), music, career and technical education,
22        agricultural education, or art;
23        (2) except that Northeastern Illinois University may
24    admit individual applicants if it determines through
25    assessment or through evaluation based on learning

 

 

HB5552- 295 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    outcomes of the coursework taken, including career and
2    technical education courses and courses taken in a charter
3    school established under Article 27A of the School Code,
4    that the applicant demonstrates knowledge and skills
5    substantially equivalent to the knowledge and skills
6    expected to be acquired in the high school courses
7    required for admission. The Board of Trustees of
8    Northeastern Illinois University shall not discriminate in
9    the University's admissions process against an applicant
10    for admission because of the applicant's enrollment in a
11    charter school established under Article 27A of the School
12    Code. Northeastern Illinois University may also admit (i)
13    applicants who did not have an opportunity to complete the
14    minimum college preparatory curriculum in high school, and
15    (ii) educationally disadvantaged applicants who are
16    admitted to the formal organized special assistance
17    programs that are tailored to the needs of such students,
18    providing that in either case, the institution
19    incorporates in the applicant's baccalaureate curriculum
20    courses or other academic activities that compensate for
21    course deficiencies; and
22        (3) except that up to 3 of 15 units of coursework
23    required by paragraph (1) of this subsection may be
24    distributed by deducting no more than one unit each from
25    the categories of social studies, mathematics, sciences
26    and electives and completing those 3 units in any of the 5

 

 

HB5552- 296 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    categories of coursework described in paragraph (1).
2    (b) When allocating funds, local boards of education shall
3recognize their obligation to their students to offer the
4coursework required by subsection (a).
5    (c) A student who has graduated from high school and has
6scored within the University's accepted range on the ACT or
7SAT shall not be required to take a high school equivalency
8test as a prerequisite to admission.
9    (d) The Board shall establish an admissions process in
10which honorably discharged veterans are permitted to submit an
11application for admission to the University as a freshman
12student enrolling in the spring semester if the veteran was on
13active duty during the fall semester. The University may
14request that the Department of Veterans Affairs confirm the
15status of an applicant as an honorably discharged veteran who
16was on active duty during the fall semester.
17    (e) Beginning with the 2025-2026 academic year, the
18University shall provide all Illinois students transferring
19from a public community college in this State with the
20University's undergraduate transfer admissions application fee
21waiver policy and, if such a policy exists, any application or
22forms necessary to apply for a fee waiver as part of the
23University's transfer admissions process. The University is
24encouraged to develop a policy to automatically waive the
25undergraduate transfer admissions application fee for
26low-income Illinois students transferring from a public

 

 

HB5552- 297 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1community college in this State. The University shall post
2this policy in an easily accessible place on the University's
3Internet website.
4(Source: P.A. 103-936, eff. 8-9-24; 104-234, eff. 8-15-25.)
 
5    Section 60. The Northern Illinois University Law is
6amended by changing Section 30-85 as follows:
 
7    (110 ILCS 685/30-85)
8    Sec. 30-85. Admissions.
9    (a) No new student shall be admitted to instruction in any
10of the departments or colleges of the Northern Illinois
11University unless such student also has satisfactorily
12completed:
13        (1) at least 15 units of high school coursework from
14    the following 5 categories:
15            (A) 4 years of English (emphasizing written and
16        oral communications and literature), of which up to 2
17        years may be collegiate level instruction;
18            (B) 3 years of social studies (emphasizing history
19        and government);
20            (C) 3 years of mathematics (introductory through
21        advanced algebra, geometry, trigonometry, or
22        fundamentals of computer programming);
23            (D) 3 years of science (laboratory sciences or
24        agricultural sciences); and

 

 

HB5552- 298 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1            (E) 2 years of electives in world foreign language
2        (which may be deemed to include American Sign
3        Language), music, career and technical education,
4        agricultural education, or art;
5        (2) except that Northern Illinois University may admit
6    individual applicants if it determines through assessment
7    or through evaluation based on learning outcomes of the
8    coursework taken, including career and technical education
9    courses and courses taken in a charter school established
10    under Article 27A of the School Code, that the applicant
11    demonstrates knowledge and skills substantially equivalent
12    to the knowledge and skills expected to be acquired in the
13    high school courses required for admission. The Board of
14    Trustees of Northern Illinois University shall not
15    discriminate in the University's admissions process
16    against an applicant for admission because of the
17    applicant's enrollment in a charter school established
18    under Article 27A of the School Code. Northern Illinois
19    University may also admit (i) applicants who did not have
20    an opportunity to complete the minimum college preparatory
21    curriculum in high school, and (ii) educationally
22    disadvantaged applicants who are admitted to the formal
23    organized special assistance programs that are tailored to
24    the needs of such students, providing that in either case,
25    the institution incorporates in the applicant's
26    baccalaureate curriculum courses or other academic

 

 

HB5552- 299 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    activities that compensate for course deficiencies; and
2        (3) except that up to 3 of 15 units of coursework
3    required by paragraph (1) of this subsection may be
4    distributed by deducting no more than one unit each from
5    the categories of social studies, mathematics, sciences
6    and electives and completing those 3 units in any of the 5
7    categories of coursework described in paragraph (1).
8    (b) When allocating funds, local boards of education shall
9recognize their obligation to their students to offer the
10coursework required by subsection (a).
11    (c) A student who has graduated from high school and has
12scored within the University's accepted range on the ACT or
13SAT shall not be required to take a high school equivalency
14test as a prerequisite to admission.
15    (d) The Board shall establish an admissions process in
16which honorably discharged veterans are permitted to submit an
17application for admission to the University as a freshman
18student enrolling in the spring semester if the veteran was on
19active duty during the fall semester. The University may
20request that the Department of Veterans Affairs confirm the
21status of an applicant as an honorably discharged veteran who
22was on active duty during the fall semester.
23    (e) Beginning with the 2025-2026 academic year, the
24University shall provide all Illinois students transferring
25from a public community college in this State with the
26University's undergraduate transfer admissions application fee

 

 

HB5552- 300 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1waiver policy and, if such a policy exists, any application or
2forms necessary to apply for a fee waiver as part of the
3University's transfer admissions process. The University is
4encouraged to develop a policy to automatically waive the
5undergraduate transfer admissions application fee for
6low-income Illinois students transferring from a public
7community college in this State. The University shall post
8this policy in an easily accessible place on the University's
9Internet website.
10(Source: P.A. 103-936, eff. 8-9-24; 104-234, eff. 8-15-25.)
 
11    Section 65. The Western Illinois University Law is amended
12by changing Section 35-85 as follows:
 
13    (110 ILCS 690/35-85)
14    Sec. 35-85. Admissions.
15    (a) No new student shall be admitted to instruction in any
16of the departments or colleges of the Western Illinois
17University unless such student also has satisfactorily
18completed:
19        (1) at least 15 units of high school coursework from
20    the following 5 categories:
21            (A) 4 years of English (emphasizing written and
22        oral communications and literature), of which up to 2
23        years may be collegiate level instruction;
24            (B) 3 years of social studies (emphasizing history

 

 

HB5552- 301 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1        and government);
2            (C) 3 years of mathematics (introductory through
3        advanced algebra, geometry, trigonometry, or
4        fundamentals of computer programming);
5            (D) 3 years of science (laboratory sciences or
6        agricultural sciences); and
7            (E) 2 years of electives in world foreign language
8        (which may be deemed to include American Sign
9        Language), music, career and technical education,
10        agricultural education, or art;
11        (2) except that Western Illinois University may admit
12    individual applicants if it determines through assessment
13    or through evaluation based on learning outcomes of the
14    coursework taken, including career and technical education
15    courses and courses taken in a charter school established
16    under Article 27A of the School Code, that the applicant
17    demonstrates knowledge and skills substantially equivalent
18    to the knowledge and skills expected to be acquired in the
19    high school courses required for admission. The Board of
20    Trustees of Western Illinois University shall not
21    discriminate in the University's admissions process
22    against an applicant for admission because of the
23    applicant's enrollment in a charter school established
24    under Article 27A of the School Code. Western Illinois
25    University may also admit (i) applicants who did not have
26    an opportunity to complete the minimum college preparatory

 

 

HB5552- 302 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    curriculum in high school, and (ii) educationally
2    disadvantaged applicants who are admitted to the formal
3    organized special assistance programs that are tailored to
4    the needs of such students, providing that in either case,
5    the institution incorporates in the applicant's
6    baccalaureate curriculum courses or other academic
7    activities that compensate for course deficiencies; and
8        (3) except that up to 3 of 15 units of coursework
9    required by paragraph (1) of this subsection may be
10    distributed by deducting no more than one unit each from
11    the categories of social studies, mathematics, sciences
12    and electives and completing those 3 units in any of the 5
13    categories of coursework described in paragraph (1).
14    (b) When allocating funds, local boards of education shall
15recognize their obligation to their students to offer the
16coursework required by subsection (a).
17    (c) A student who has graduated from high school and has
18scored within the University's accepted range on the ACT or
19SAT shall not be required to take a high school equivalency
20test as a prerequisite to admission.
21    (d) The Board shall establish an admissions process in
22which honorably discharged veterans are permitted to submit an
23application for admission to the University as a freshman
24student enrolling in the spring semester if the veteran was on
25active duty during the fall semester. The University may
26request that the Department of Veterans Affairs confirm the

 

 

HB5552- 303 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1status of an applicant as an honorably discharged veteran who
2was on active duty during the fall semester.
3    (e) Beginning with the 20245-2026 academic year, the
4University shall provide all Illinois students transferring
5from a public community college in this State with the
6University's undergraduate transfer admissions application fee
7waiver policy and, if such a policy exists, any application or
8forms necessary to apply for a fee waiver as part of the
9University's transfer admissions process. The University is
10encouraged to develop a policy to automatically waive the
11undergraduate transfer admissions application fee for
12low-income Illinois students transferring from a public
13community college in this State. The University shall post
14this policy in an easily accessible place on the University's
15Internet website.
16(Source: P.A. 103-936, eff. 8-9-24; 104-234, eff. 8-15-25.)
 
17    Section 99. Effective date. This Act takes effect upon
18becoming law.

 

 

HB5552- 304 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1 INDEX
2 Statutes amended in order of appearance
3    30 ILCS 105/5.375
4    105 ILCS 5/1A-10
5    105 ILCS 5/2-3.11c
6    105 ILCS 5/2-3.25gfrom Ch. 122, par. 2-3.25g
7    105 ILCS 5/2-3.39from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.39
8    105 ILCS 5/2-3.44from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.44
9    105 ILCS 5/2-3.45from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.45
10    105 ILCS 5/2-3.65a
11    105 ILCS 5/2-3.159
12    105 ILCS 5/3-7from Ch. 122, par. 3-7
13    105 ILCS 5/3-15.12from Ch. 122, par. 3-15.12
14    105 ILCS 5/10-17from Ch. 122, par. 10-17
15    105 ILCS 5/10-17a
16    105 ILCS 5/10-20.44
17    105 ILCS 5/10-20.52
18    105 ILCS 5/10-22.43from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.43
19    105 ILCS 5/10-22.43afrom Ch. 122, par. 10-22.43a
20    105 ILCS 5/14-7.02from Ch. 122, par. 14-7.02
21    105 ILCS 5/18-8.15
22    105 ILCS 5/21B-10
23    105 ILCS 5/21B-15
24    105 ILCS 5/21B-20
25    105 ILCS 5/21B-30

 

 

HB5552- 305 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    105 ILCS 5/21B-32
2    105 ILCS 5/21B-35
3    105 ILCS 5/21B-40
4    105 ILCS 5/22-30
5    105 ILCS 5/24A-20
6    105 ILCS 5/26A-20
7    105 ILCS 5/26A-25
8    105 ILCS 5/26A-35
9    105 ILCS 5/27-225was 105 ILCS 110/5
10    105 ILCS 5/27-605was 105 ILCS 5/27-22
11    105 ILCS 5/27-1070was 105 ILCS 5/27-23.16
12    105 ILCS 5/27A-6
13    105 ILCS 5/27A-9
14    105 ILCS 5/30-15.25from Ch. 122, par. 30-15.25
15    105 ILCS 5/34-1.01from Ch. 122, par. 34-1.01
16    105 ILCS 5/34-18from Ch. 122, par. 34-18
17    105 ILCS 5/34-18.44
18    105 ILCS 60/Act rep.
19    110 ILCS 148/80
20    110 ILCS 305/8from Ch. 144, par. 29
21    110 ILCS 520/8efrom Ch. 144, par. 658e
22    110 ILCS 660/5-85
23    110 ILCS 665/10-85
24    110 ILCS 670/15-85
25    110 ILCS 675/20-85
26    110 ILCS 680/25-85

 

 

HB5552- 306 -LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b

1    110 ILCS 685/30-85
2    110 ILCS 690/35-85